Attached files

file filename
EX-12.0 - EXHIBIT 12.0 - Truven Holding Corp.q42015exhibit12.htm
EX-31.2 - EXHIBIT 31.2 - Truven Holding Corp.q42015exhibit312.htm
EX-32.1 - EXHIBIT 32.1 - Truven Holding Corp.q42015exhibit321.htm
EX-31.1 - EXHIBIT 31.1 - Truven Holding Corp.q42015exhibit311.htm
EX-32.2 - EXHIBIT 32.2 - Truven Holding Corp.q42015exhibit322.htm
EX-10.10 - EXHIBIT 10.10 - Truven Holding Corp.q42015exhibit1010.htm


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For The Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from _____ to _____

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 333-187931
Truven Holding Corp.
 
Truven Health Analytics Inc.
(Exact name of registrant parent guarantor as specified in its charter)
 
(Exact name of registrant parent guarantor as specified in its charter)
Delaware
 
45-5164353
 
Delaware
 
06-1467923
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

100 Phoenix Drive
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48108
(Address of registrants' principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (734) 913-3000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act).  Yes ¨     No þ 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Act. Yes þ     No ¨ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ¨       No ¨ 
The registrants are voluntary filers and have filed all reports that would have been required to have been filed by the registrants during the preceding 12 months had they been subject to such filing requirements
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ     No ¨ 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ¨    Accelerated Filer ¨         Non-accelerated filer þ     smaller reporting company ¨
    (do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes ¨   No þ 

The aggregate market value of Truven Holding Corporation and Truven Health Analytics Inc. common stock held by non-affiliates were each $0 as of December 31, 2015.
As of December 31, 2015, there was one outstanding share of each of the registrants.




DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE-None




TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page
Part I.
 
 
 
 
Item 1
Business
 
Item 1A
Risk Factors
 
Item 1B
Unresolved Staff Comments
 
Item 2
Properties
 
Item 3
Legal Proceedings
 
Item 4
Mine Safety Disclosure
Part II.
 
 
 
 
Item 5
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Item 6
Selected Financial Data
 
Item 7
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
Item 7A
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Item 8
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
Item 9
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
Item 9A
Controls and Procedures
 
Item 9B
Other Information
Part III.
 
 
 
 
Item 10
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
Item 11
Executive Compensation
 
Item 12
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters
 
Item 13
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
Item 14
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Part IV.
 
 
 
 
Item 15
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
 
Exhibits
 
 
Signatures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 





NOTE ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (the "Annual Report") contains certain “forward-looking statements” (as defined in Section 27A of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act,” and Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act”) that reflect our expectations regarding our future growth, results of operations, performance and business prospects and opportunities. Words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “plans,” “expects,” “intends,” “aims,” “estimates,” “projects,” “targets,” “can,” “could,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions have been used to identify these forward-looking statements, but are not the exclusive means of identifying these statements. For purposes of this Annual Report , any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current beliefs and expectations and are based on information currently available to us. As such, no assurance can be given that our future growth, results of operations, performance and business prospects and opportunities covered by such forward-looking statements will be achieved. We have no intention or obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements to reflect new events, information or circumstances.
Such forward-looking statements are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions, which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.
A number of important factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements, including those described under the heading “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A. herein and elsewhere in this Annual Report.


i



Definition of Terms
Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this report to:

the term "Additional Notes" refers to the 10.625% Senior Notes, Series A, that were issued on November 12, 2014;
any "fiscal year" refers to the twelve months ended December 31 of the applicable year. For example, "fiscal year" 2015 refers to the twelve months ended December 31, 2015.
the term "Notes" refers to the Old Notes and the Additional Notes;
the term "Old Notes" refers to the 10.625% Senior Notes, Series A, issued in a private offering under an indenture, dated June 6, 2012;
the term "Predecessor Period" refers to all periods prior to and including the date of the closing of the Prior Acquisition on June 6, 2012;
the term "Prior Acquisition" refers to the acquisition by Wolverine of 100% of the equity interests of TRHI and certain assets and liabilities of the Thomson Reuters Healthcare business, pursuant to the Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2012, which VCPH Holding Corp. (now known as Truven Holding) entered into with Thomson Reuters U.S. Inc. and Thomson Reuters Global Resources and subsequently assigned to Wolverine on May 24, 2012, and which closed on June 6, 2012;
the term "Senior Credit Agreement" refers to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2012, among Truven Holding, Truven Health Analytics Inc., the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as co-documentation agents, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as syndication agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended from time to time;
the term "Senior Credit Facility" refers to the Term Loan Facility and Revolving Credit Facility under the Senior Credit Agreement;
the term "Simpler" refers to Simpler Consulting, L.P. and certain of its affiliated entities and persons, which we acquired on April 11, 2014;
the terms "Sponsor" and "Veritas Capital" collectively refer to The Veritas Capital Fund IV, L.P., The Veritas Capital Fund III, L.P. and their affiliate, CIPH Holdings LLC;
the term "Successor" refers to Truven Holding, on a consolidated basis with its subsidiaries;
the term "Successor Period" refers to all periods from inception of Truven Holding (April 20, 2012 to December 31, 2012), which includes all periods after the closing of the Prior Acquisition on June 6, 2012;
the term "Term Loan Facility" refers to the term loan facility under the Senior Credit Agreement;
the terms "Thomson Reuters" and "Predecessor Parent" refer to Thomson Reuters Corporation;
the term "TRHI" refers to Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc., a Delaware corporation, which, upon consummation of the Merger, became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of VCPH Holding Corp. (now known as Truven Holding) and subsequently changed its name to Truven Health Analytics Inc.;
the term "Truven" refers to Truven Health Analytics Inc., a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Truven Holding, together with its consolidated subsidiaries;
the term "Truven Holding" refers to the issuer, Truven Holding Corp., a holding company;
the term "Veritas Fund IV" refers to Veritas Capital Fund IV, L.P.;
the term "Wolverine" refers to Wolverine Healthcare Analytics, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an affiliate of The Veritas Capital Fund IV, L.P., a private equity fund managed by Veritas Capital, which was formed on May 16, 2012 as a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of VCPH Holding Corp. (now known as Truven Holding) and, upon consummation of the Prior Acquisition, merged with and into TRHI, with TRHI surviving the Merger as a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of VCPH Holding Corp. (now known as Truven Holding) and subsequently changing its name to Truven Health Analytics Inc.; and
the terms "we", "our", or "us" and the "Company" refer to Truven Holding and its consolidated subsidiaries.


 

ii



PART I

ITEM 1 - BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading healthcare analytics solutions and services business focused on quality improvement and cost reduction. We enable our clients to formulate strategy, improve operational, clinical and financial performance, enhance patient outcomes, manage risk, and increase transparency. Our platform combines deep healthcare domain expertise, a vast collection of healthcare data and cloud‑based technology to create market‑leading analytics solutions and highly specialized services, transforming large quantities of complex data into actionable insights. Our approximately 8,800 clients represent all major constituencies in the healthcare market, including large companies, hospitals and health systems, health plans, federal agencies and state governments in the U.S. and increasingly globally. We have a recurring business model that consists of subscriptions, multi‑year contracts and services sold on a repeat basis.
Based on our performance in 2015, we impact the healthcare industry in the following ways:
We inform quality improvement, cost management and program design decisions on the health benefits for one in three Americans.
    Our solutions help improve care quality and efficiency in more than 4,000 hospitals in the U.S. and approximately 1,800 healthcare facilities internationally.
We provide analytics solutions that impact approximately 50% of Medicaid beneficiaries.
We provide payment integrity solutions to 23 Medicaid agencies to reduce fraud and abuse.
We reach 30 million consumers through our consumer cost transparency solutions, which provide critical information to help make personal healthcare choices and reduce costs.
Our data assets include 35 billion records on over 220 million de‑identified patient lives.
Our clients have reported over $2.4 billion in savings over the last five years by using our Simpler organizational transformation services.
We provide a broad range of analytics solutions and services to our clients. Our analytics solutions allow our clients to reduce costs, increase productivity, improve quality of care and patient outcomes, stratify and manage risk, comply with regulatory requirements and evaluate performance gaps, care gaps and opportunities. Based upon our internal analysis of our competitors, we believe our analytics solutions are empowered by some of the most comprehensive data assets in the industry. These solutions include population health, provider performance, payment integrity and patient care solutions, which leverage our healthcare utilization, performance, clinical, quality and cost data assets. In addition to our analytics solutions, we provide advisory services, such as performance improvement, analytics consulting and custom research, that leverage our content assets and expertise to help clients meaningfully effect change in their organizations. We believe the complementary nature of our analytics and services offerings enhances our value proposition to our clients. Our services are typically delivered to the same clients over multiple years, and are often combined with our analytics solutions.
We provide our solutions and services to commercial and government customers.
Our commercial customers include hospitals, health systems, employers, health plans and life sciences companies, and include nearly 60% of Fortune 100 companies, over 130 health plans, third‑party administrators and related organizations, over 4,000 U.S. hospitals and all of the top 25 global life sciences companies based on revenue.

1



Our government customers include both federal and state government agencies, such as the AHRQ, CMS, the DOD, the VA and 30 state Medicaid agencies.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, approximately 82% of our revenues were attributable to our Commercial segment and approximately 18% of our revenues were attributable to our Government segment. Our revenue is primarily earned in the United States, with less than 10% of our total revenues coming from outside of the United States.
We believe our solutions are critical to our clients’ decision‑making as demonstrated by our long‑term customer relationships, multi‑year contracts and high customer retention. The average length of our relationship with our top 20 clients measured by 2015 revenue is approximately 13 years.
Our platform combines comprehensive data assets, proprietary analytics algorithms, and analytics consulting services. Our data assets consist of more than four petabytes of secure data, including 30 billion records on over 214 million de‑identified patient lives. The platform combines healthcare utilization, performance, clinical, quality, and cost data with our proprietary analytics methodologies that transform large quantities of complex data into actionable insights. Our technology and data operations aggregate and integrate disparate data streams, allowing us to build longitudinal views of patient health. Our platform integrates our client data with our analytics solutions so that our clients can better understand performance trends, risk‑stratify populations, create better programs, engage consumers and improve patient outcomes and operational, clinical and financial performance. In addition, we have implemented and are expanding a data lake to enable faster integration of new data sources and delivery of new analytics insights. Our data lake delivers increased flexibility and speed‑to‑market for new solutions and analytic services that can be configured to customers’ unique data and technology environments. We continually refresh, grow and transform our content, databases and analytics, and believe that our platform would be difficult for others to replicate in breadth, depth and quality.
Our business model provides substantial revenue visibility. The majority of our subscriptions by revenue have multi‑year terms and include services such as implementation, training, data integration and analytics consulting. The scope of a subscription often grows over time as modules, licenses and services are added to meet a client’s growing needs. An increasingly broad range of analytics consulting, research, data management and performance improvement services are also sold as projects, which are often multi‑year and can expand, extend and repeat over time.
Recent Developments

On February 17, 2016, International Business Machines Corporation, a New York corporation (“IBM”), Holdings LLC, The Veritas Capital Fund IV, L.P., The Veritas Capital Fund III, L.P., and CIPH Holdings LLC, entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which IBM agreed to purchase, for a total consideration of $2.6 billion, the sole outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Truven Holding (such transaction, the “Stock Purchase”). The Stock Purchase Agreement contains various customary representations, warranties and covenants of each party and the Acquired Companies. Each party has agreed to use its respective reasonable best efforts to take all actions to cause the Stock Purchase to be consummated, subject to certain exceptions. The closing of the Stock Purchase is subject to customary closing conditions. The Stock Purchase is not subject to a financing condition.
At the closing of the Stock Purchase, IBM will pay all indebtedness for money borrowed of the Company that is required to be paid.
On February 18, 2016, Truven also notified the trustee for the Notes of Truven's optional election to redeem the $367.2 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding, which redemption is conditioned on the occurrence of the closing of the Stock Purchase, and instructed the trustee to provide notice of such optional redemption to the holders of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
On March 15, 2016, Truven delivered to the trustee of the Notes a revised notice of Truven’s optional election to redeem the $367.2 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding, which superseded the notice of redemption delivered on February 18, 2016, and instructed the trustee to provide the revised notice of such optional redemption to the holders of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.  Truven’s optional redemption remains conditioned

2



on the occurrence of the closing of the Stock Purchase. Truven expects the satisfaction and discharge of the Notes to occur on the anticipated closing date of the Stock Purchase, in accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement.
Either party may terminate the Stock Purchase Agreement, subject to certain terms and conditions, if the Stock Purchase is not completed on or before May 17, 2016, unless extended by either party for an additional 30 days in certain circumstances.
Our Offerings    
We market over 100 industry‑leading healthcare analytics solutions and services that address critical market needs. Our extensive data and content assets combined with our healthcare data integration and analytics capabilities are embedded across our offerings. Analytics solutions typically include implementation and product support services. Many of our analytics solutions are typically bundled with related value‑added services, such as data management and analytics consulting, that are tailored to client needs. Our principal offerings are grouped into categories based on the customer needs that they address.
Analytics Solutions
Category
Description
Key Products
Segment(s)
Population health solutions
Solutions that help our clients integrate and analyze healthcare data on utilization, patient characteristics and costs for populations receiving healthcare services, such as a company’s employees and families, a state’s Medicaid enrollees or an ACO’s members. Analytics methods are integrated with clinical and claims data and tools to enable care management, health benefits management, performance measurement, provider quality management, data exchange and integration, treatment cost transparency and personalized consumer engagement.
Advantage Suite®

Consumer Advantage

Data Warehouse

MarketScan®

UnifyTM
Commercial
Government
Provider - performance solutions
Solutions that help care delivery organizations track, measure and improve performance across core functions, including operational, financial, marketing and planning, and clinical and quality domains.
ActionOI®

CareDiscovery®

Market Expert®

100 Top Hospitals®
Commercial
Patient care solutions
Clinical and intelligent evidence solutions help providers combine real‑time patient data with reference information to provide point of care decision support. These solutions include the leading evidence‑based reference information for drug, disease, toxicology, patient education and neonatology. Our clinical solutions integrate with providers’ clinical systems, giving immediate access to the evidence‑based information needed, at the point of care.
Micromedex® Evidence

360 Care Insights

CareNotes®
Commercial
Government
Payment integrity and compliance solutions
Payment integrity solutions support clients, including both Medicare and Medicaid as well as health plans and employers, to fight fraud, waste and abuse by way of powerful applications, advanced analytics methods, an extensive algorithm library and data mining capabilities.
DataProbe

J‑SURS
Commercial
Government

3




Analytics Services
Category
Description
Segment(s)
Performance improvement and organizational transformation consulting services
Through our “Lean” consulting, we provide multi‑year coaching and enablement services that deliver organizational transformation in both clinical and non‑clinical applications to help our customers streamline processes and decrease waste. In addition, experts across our business deliver custom consulting services leveraging advanced analytics in areas such as cost containment, budgeting, new payment models, plan and provider profiling and operational and quality improvement.
Commercial
Government
Analytics consulting services
Through our analytics consulting services, we help our customers gain greater value from our solutions and apply our data and methods to specific problems. Our analytics consultants deliver insights that help customers identify and implement the best course of action to achieve their objectives. Projects range in size and can address a specific issue, provide an in‑depth analysis of a more complex challenge, or monitor and evaluate results. In specialized areas, such as fraud detection and prevention, our analytics services are provided by a deeply experienced team that specializes in fraud analytics.
Commercial
Government
Research services
Our research staff has deep, cross‑industry knowledge that they leverage to deliver projects that are designed to improve healthcare access, enhance quality and reduce costs. Our staff includes senior researchers with established expertise in a range of specialty areas, including outcomes research, provider quality and efficiency measurement, health and productivity research, research data development and behavioral health and quality research. Many of our researchers have PhDs and other advanced degrees and are well‑known and highly regarded in their respective fields.
Commercial
Government

Our Data - Suppliers and Security
We maintain a diverse data supplier base in which the vast majority of our data comes from our clients. Many of our clients provide us with raw clinical, operational, financial and/or administrative claims data, which we process to create our analytics databases. We provide this enhanced data back to clients through analytics solutions to help benchmark performance. The value of our data assets increases as an inherent function of the business, as each current client refreshes data and each new client contributes additional depth and breadth of data. We also purchase a small amount of data from third‑party sources.
Our process for acquiring and analyzing healthcare data is founded on protecting the information supplied to us, as data security is critical to our business. As a Business Associate to our Covered Entity clients, we are required to maintain administrative, technical and physical data protection standards that comply with HIPAA and other applicable laws. We protect our healthcare data through the following mechanisms:
Administrative Safeguards. Our employees and contractors are trained on privacy and security upon hiring, and annually thereafter. They are taught to work safely with data, recognize and report potential problems and immediately escalate any questions or concerns. Our security leadership team, which is supported by local or department level compliance officers, has extensive experience and industry certifications, and at all times has immediate access to top management. Our strict policies are based on National Institute for Standards & Technology guidelines and HIPAA regulations.
Physical Safeguards. Our databases are maintained in our two secure, offsite data centers that are managed by a proven industry partner. Our staff members are physically present at both locations to ensure adherence

4



to our company security and privacy policies. These data centers receive an annual SSAE‑16 controls review. Our office facilities are also maintained with appropriate levels of security.
Technical Safeguards. As required by HIPAA and our clients, we operate under a variety of data protection safeguards. For example, we apply strict data access controls, governed by the “need to know” and “minimum necessary” principles required by law. Depending on the application, we may mask or remove individual identifiers, aggregate data or de‑identify it under the guidance of a top national expert. Data is protected at rest and encrypted in transit using industry‑standard encryption. We monitor our networks and resources around the clock for signs of intrusion or malware. This monitoring uses the latest tools, including the ability to detect traffic from zero‑day malware.
Our Technology
We have designed our cloud‑based technology infrastructure to be secure, scalable and efficient. Our approach to architecture, design, operations, data management and data security and privacy addresses critical industry requirements and supports our growth strategies. We deliver the majority of our analytics solutions by revenue through our HIPAA compliant, secure and private cloud. Our cloud leverages virtualization technologies enabling us to provide highly efficient and flexible client data processing and storage. We also deliver solutions on dedicated infrastructure in our data center and at client sites. Our technology operations are highly scalable, leveraging advanced technologies that support large volumes of customers as well as very large customer engagements.
Our sophisticated data integration and analytics technology platform forms the basis of our analytics solutions. It combines healthcare utilization, performance, clinical, quality and cost data with our proprietary analytics methodologies to transform the large, complex quantities of data into actionable insights. We continuously invest in our platform to add new data types and sources.
Our technology platform consists of three main enabling elements:
Data integration. Our platform leverages industry standard ETL technologies (a process in database usage called Extract, Transform and Load that extracts data in a proper format for analytical purposes) such as Informatica, as well as our proprietary integration technologies to integrate numerous types of healthcare data from over 5,000 sources, including claims, lab results, clinical records and demographic data. Many of the data variables are standardized, unifying the format and the terminology across disparate sources and records. Data is further enhanced with the derivation of useful classification variables such as diagnosis and procedure group, patient risk classification and health plan type. These techniques provide significant value by enabling insights that can only be discerned when the data is consistent and enhanced. For example, clinical encounters are coded in various records using tens‑of‑thousands of ICD (which is the International Classification of Diseases, the standard diagnostic tool for health management purposes), CPT (which is the Current Procedural Terminology, the widely used medical nomenclature to report medical procedures and services under public and private health insurance programs) and SNOMED (which is the Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine, which serves as a systematic, computer‑processable collection of medical terms) codes. Effective analysis requires that codes be grouped into a manageable number (for example, hundreds) of meaningful and valid values for reporting and advanced analytics such as regressions and variance analyses. In addition, we resolve the relationships between data records in order to create analytic insights that span multiple systems and organizations.
Analytics construction. We enhance the integrated data with descriptive and predictive analytics insights that are continuously updated and embedded across our solutions and services as follows:
Our proprietary Medical Episode Grouper® aggregates all medical and pharmacy claim records related to treatment for each patient’s clinical conditions and creates a single summary record for each episode of care. Episode records are analyzed to evaluate treatment patterns, costs and variations, and can be linked through deterministic and probabilistic matching algorithms to medical records data to add clinical data elements. This episode construct enables the analyst to monitor the progression of a patient’s illness and the impact of treatment over time, compare performance to benchmarks, risk stratify a population and predict important clinical outcomes.

5



With proprietary predictive models such as our risk‑adjusted mortality index (RAMI) and expected complications rate index (ECRI), we create risk‑adjusted quality, cost and productivity measures enabling providers to accurately assess their current performance relative to their peers.
We apply a variety of traditional and proprietary forecasting and regression models to create demand projections and regional benchmark prices.
We use a composite ranking algorithm (based on the diminishing probability of an extreme composite ranking with multiple performances measures) in the 100 Top Hospitals program.
We also incorporate rules‑based logic to reveal gaps in care and to identify patients potentially at high‑risk for a specific outcome.
Applications and services. Our analytics are deployed through our wide array of solutions, including offerings in the areas of population health, provider performance, patient care and payment integrity. We integrate and leverage technologies that put the power of analytics in the hands of end‑users, optimizing the number of clicks to insights and answers. In addition, our analytics are deployed as portable analytics and as part of our services engagements.
Our most recent technology platform innovation involves the creation of a data lake. The data lake enables us to create more insights based on combined, larger and more diverse data sets, more quickly than ever before. This technology is designed to enable us to capitalize on the explosion of healthcare data by elegantly combining standard big data technology with our extensive data assets and domain expertise to provide high value, actionable insights at massive scale. In order to leverage the knowledge and experience of other industries, the data lake is constructed atop industry standard big data technologies and data libraries, including Hadoop, Avro/HDFS and Hive, providing important benefits such as:
Increased capacity both in size and performance to operate on massively large data sets.
Growth and evolution of the standard internal data representation as data sources are added without affecting existing applications.
Development of new analytics insights in a faster, more agile way.
Utilization of application‑specific data representation to quickly and seamlessly integrate our insights into existing operational systems.
The data lake not only speeds the creation of valuable analytic insights but also accelerates the speed at which those insights can be deployed to optimize operational processes. This is accomplished through a computer programming design technique known as “late binding.” In the case of the data lake, the decision about how data and insights will be surfaced to applications and users is delayed to the last possible moment. This delay creates two major benefits. First, the data integration and analytics construction processing need be done only once and is then available for any number of applications to use. This optimizes the processing, reducing the time window for applications to take advantage of valuable insights. Second, the application specific interfaces are very flexible and lightweight. This enables us to surface our data assets and analytic insights seamlessly in our standard products and custom solutions very efficiently. In this way, late binding enables us to deploy our analytics insights more flexibly through whatever vehicle the customer requires, such as, integrated into a partner’s solution, through a new application or directly into an existing workflow.
We expect that in the future, the data lake will underlie more solutions as well as be the data and analytics source for custom analytics applications and services developed in collaboration with our customers and partners.


6



Our Clients
Since the foundation of our business dating back more than 40 years ago, we have provided high quality healthcare data and analytics solutions across the healthcare spectrum. Over that time, we have successfully built a leading position and have reached a scale that we believe is noteworthy in the industry, covering a significant portion of key constituents in the U.S. healthcare market. In 2015, our clients included:
Nearly 60% of Fortune 100 and almost 30% of Fortune 500 companies.
Over 130 health plans.
Over 4,000 hospitals in the U.S. and approximately 1,800 healthcare facilities internationally.
Medicaid agencies in 30 states covering approximately 50% of Medicaid beneficiaries.
A diverse set of federal government agencies (CMS, AHRQ, VA).
All of the top 25 global life sciences companies based on revenue.
Our revenue is distributed among a large, diversified and loyal customer base of blue‑chip customers. The average tenure of our top 20 clients measured by 2015 revenue is approximately 13 years. Other than the federal government, no customer represented more than 2% of our 2015 revenue.
Our segments
We deliver our analytics solutions and services through two segments:
Commercial Segment: The Commercial segment provides analytics solutions and services to improve the cost, quality and effectiveness of healthcare for commercial organizations across the healthcare industry including, for example, providers, integrated delivery networks, insurers, professional services organizations, healthcare exchanges, corporations and life sciences companies.
No single customer or group of related customers in the Commercial segment accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in the Commercial segment.
Government Segment: The Government segment provides integrated analytics solutions and services to improve the cost, quality and effectiveness of healthcare for federal and state government organizations, including, for example, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid ("CMS") and state Medicaid agencies and federally owned and operated healthcare facilities. Our sales and client services are tailored to meet the specific procurement, sales and support requirements of the government market.
Our contracts with the U.S. government or the U.S. government’s prime contractor (to the extent that we are a subcontractor) generally contain standard, unilateral provisions under which the customer may terminate for convenience or as a result of a default by us. Our U.S. government contracts generally also contain provisions that allow the U.S. government to unilaterally suspend us from obtaining new contracts pending resolution of alleged violations of procurement laws or regulations, reduce the value of existing contracts, issue modifications to a contract and control and potentially prohibit the export of our services and associated materials.
The Government segment generates revenue from various projects directly contracted and funded by the federal government, which collectively represent 25% of our revenues in the Government segment.


7



Our Competition
We compete with a diverse set of businesses, including large companies that compete in a variety of our markets, smaller companies that compete in some of our markets, and new entrants that compete with us in specific end markets or solution areas.
As the growth in healthcare spending and changes in government regulation draw increasing attention to healthcare analytics and data, other competitors, such as consultants, technology companies and start‑ups, are also increasingly participating in the sector. Competition in healthcare analytics solutions and services is largely based on analytical capabilities and healthcare industry expertise, the size and quality of the underlying datasets and benchmarks, ease of use, reputation and customer service. We are focused on increasing the value of analytics solutions and services for our customers across the healthcare industry, unlike some of our largest competitors who are part of large health insurance companies or group purchasing organizations, or largely based in one particular end market.
Commercial Competition: Across the Commercial segment, we compete against firms with broad offerings such as Advisory Board, Deloitte, Emdeon, IBM, IMS, Inovalon, McKesson, MedAssets, Optum (United Health Group), Premier, Verisk and Wolters Kluwer as well as more narrowly focused solution providers such as Evidera and Castlight.
Government Competition: Some of the industry players noted in the Commercial segment are also competitors in the Government customer channel. Additionally, large and specialized system integrators compete for government contracts. We periodically bid against these companies, while they also seek us out as a sub‑contractor or partner given our specialized and domain expertise. Certain companies with a large government focus such as Accenture, General Dynamics, HMS Holdings, Lockheed Martin and Northrop Grumman have established material positions in the industry. We also compete with specialized research firms such as Mathematica and RTI International.
Research and Development
We have focused on a number of interrelated areas to expand our analytics market position, address emerging industry needs and provide additional flexibility and usability. Specific examples of recent and ongoing development include:
Establishing new predictive analytics methods to measure risk and apply results to real‑time decision making.
Improving data management processes and increasing data integration into patient and provider workflows.
Improving reporting, including through the establishment of new interfaces and a dashboard/reporting engine.
Establishing a new advanced search and user interface that enables users to better leverage and access information.
Investing in the collection of additional data.
R&D costs mainly related to labor costs and services bought and are expensed as incurred. The R&D costs expensed were $1.3 million, $1.0 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Facilities and Infrastructure
We have invested significantly in our facilities, infrastructure and technology. We have state‑of‑the‑art, redundant data centers in Dallas, Texas, and Sterling, Virginia. We provide hosting services for our customers and manage all of our software services, hardware and networking systems, and customer data, in partnership with CenturyLink Technology Solutions (formerly, Savvis), which provides our data center facility services. CenturyLink Technology Solutions, part of CenturyLink, Inc., is a services organization that supports approximately 2,500 clients, including

8



more than 30 Fortune 100 companies. Both data center facilities are designed to meet the stringent demands of large‑scale clients, with dedicated access to the Savvis Tier 1 IP backbone, one of the largest peer networks within the global Internet, delivering high bandwidth, low‑latency Internet access and purpose‑built facilities for power management, heating/ventilation/air conditioning, fire suppression, seismic engineering and physical security.
Our Intellectual Property
We rely upon a combination of trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, license agreements, confidentiality procedures, nondisclosure agreements and technical measures to protect the intellectual property used across our segments and customer channels. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, vendors and customers. We also seek to control access to, and the distribution of, our technology, documentation and other proprietary information.
We use numerous trademarks, trade names and service marks for our solutions across our segments and customer channels. We also rely on a variety of intellectual property rights that we license from third parties. Although we believe that alternative technologies are generally available to replace such licensed intellectual property, these third‑party technologies may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
We also have several patents and patent applications covering solutions we provide, including software applications. Due to the nature of our applications, we believe that patent protection is a less significant factor than our ability to further develop, enhance and modify our current solutions in order to remain competitive.
Our Employees
As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 2,650 employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.
Regulation and Legislation
The healthcare industry is highly regulated and subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory and other influences. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 ("PPACA") is changing how healthcare services are covered, delivered and reimbursed through expanded coverage of uninsured individuals, reduced Medicare program spending and substantial insurance market reforms. The PPACA also imposes significant Medicare Advantage funding cuts and material reductions to Medicare and Medicaid program spending. The PPACA provides additional resources to combat healthcare fraud, waste and abuse and also requires the Department of Health and Human Services ("HHS") to adopt standards for electronic transactions, in addition to those required under HIPAA, and to establish operating rules to promote uniformity in the implementation of each standardized electronic transaction.
While many of the provisions of the PPACA will not be directly applicable to us, the PPACA, as enacted, affects the businesses of our customers. The PPACA’s complexity, lack of implementing regulations or interpretive guidance, former court challenges and political debate makes it difficult to predict the ways in which the PPACA would impact us or the business of our customers.
In addition to the PPACA, the healthcare industry is faced with other challenges. HITECH offers incentives for certain healthcare providers to adopt “meaningful use” health information technology and provides penalties in later years if they are unable to do so. The October 1, 2014 mandated adoption of a new medical classification system, also known as ICD‑10 is impacting both payers and providers. The healthcare industry is also required to comply with extensive and complex laws and regulations at the federal and state levels. Although many regulatory and governmental requirements do not directly apply to our operations, our customers are required to comply with a variety of laws and we may be impacted by these laws as a result of our contractual obligations. We have attempted to structure our operations to comply with applicable legal requirements, but there can be no assurance that our operations will not be challenged or adversely impacted by enforcement initiatives.

9



See “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Business - Government regulation in the healthcare industry creates risks and challenges with respect to our compliance efforts and customer relationships, which could adversely affect our operating results.”
Requirements regarding the confidentiality, privacy and security of personal information
HIPAA Privacy Standards and Security Standards. The HIPAA Privacy Standards and HIPAA Security Standards apply directly to us when we are functioning as a Business Associate of our Covered Entity customers. As a result, stricter limitations have been placed on certain types of data uses and disclosures. The HIPAA Privacy Standards extensively regulate the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information by Covered Entities and their Business Associates. The HIPAA Security Standards require Covered Entities and their Business Associates to implement and maintain administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the security of individually identifiable health information that is electronically transmitted or electronically stored. See “Risk factors - Risks Related to Our Business - Government regulation in the healthcare industry creates risks and challenges with respect to our compliance efforts and customer relationships, which could adversely affect our operating results.”
Data breaches. In recent years, there have been a number of well publicized data breaches involving the improper dissemination of personal information of individuals both within and outside of the healthcare industry. Many states, as well as the federal government through HIPAA, have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals. We have implemented and maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards intended to protect all personal data and have processes in place to assist us in complying with all applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of this data and properly responding to any security breaches or incidents. See “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Business - If our security measures are breached, or if the systems our customers use to gain access to our solutions are compromised, we could suffer a material loss of business, substantial legal liability or significant harm to our reputation.”
Other requirements. In addition to HIPAA, numerous other state and federal laws govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to and confidentiality of individually identifiable health information and healthcare provider information. Some states also are considering new laws and regulations that further protect the confidentiality, privacy and security of medical records or other types of medical information. In addition, numerous other bodies of privacy laws exist which include the federal rules that govern the use and disclosure of alcohol and drug abuse records, such as the European Union’s Data Protection Directive, Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act and other data protection, privacy and similar national, state/provincial and local laws.
False claims laws and other fraud, waste and abuse restrictions.
We provide solutions to health plan sponsors and other customers that relate to the reimbursement of health services covered by Medicare, Medicaid, other federal healthcare programs such as federal grants and private payers. As a result of these aspects of our business, we may be subject to, or contractually required to comply with, state and federal laws that govern various aspects of the submission of healthcare claims for reimbursement and the receipt of payments for healthcare items or services. These laws generally prohibit an individual or entity from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented claims for payment to Medicare, Medicaid or other third‑party payers that are false or fraudulent. False or fraudulent claims include, but are not limited to, billing for services not rendered, failing to refund known overpayments, misrepresenting actual services rendered in order to obtain higher reimbursement and improper coding and billing for medically unnecessary goods and services. Further, providers may not contract with individuals or entities excluded from participation in any federal healthcare program. Like the federal Anti‑Kickback Statute, which prohibits any person or entity from offering, paying, soliciting or receiving, directly or indirectly, anything of value with the intent of generating referrals of patients covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs (for example, federal grants), these provisions are very broad. Many states also have similar anti‑kickback laws that are not necessarily limited to items or services for which payment is made by a federal healthcare program. Moreover, both federal and state laws forbid bribery and similar behavior.

10



For a discussion of the risks associated with government regulation, see “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Business - Government regulation in the healthcare industry creates risks and challenges with respect to our compliance efforts and customer relationships, which could adversely affect our operating results.”


ITEM 1A - RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risks described below and all of the information contained in this Annual Report. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks and uncertainties we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of those risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed or implied in these forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements” in this Annual Report.
Risks related to our business
We may be unable to satisfy the conditions to the completion of the Stock Purchase with IBM.
The closing of the Stock Purchase is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of a number of customary closing conditions,many of which are beyond our control of and some beyond the control of both us or IBM. If the Stock Purchase is not completed, we may bear significant transaction costs. In addition, the current price of our Notes may reflect an assumption that the Stock Purchase will occur, and failure to complete the Stock Purchase could result in a decline in the price of our Notes.  The failure of the Stock Purchase to be completed may also result in negative publicity and/or a negative impression of us in the investment community and may affect our relationship with customers and other partners.

We are highly dependent on customers and, in many cases, their insurance carriers, as well as third‑party vendors, to supply us with data necessary for the delivery of our solutions and services and any deterioration in our key sources of data would adversely affect our business.
Our solutions and services incorporate data that we obtain from our customers and, with respect to our employer customers, the insurance carriers that service them, as well as data that we purchase from third‑party vendors. These data suppliers provide us with a majority of the data that we use for our products and services. Some of our customers have expressed concern about the commercial uses of the data that they contribute to us and insurance carriers are concerned that certain data they supply could be used in ways that disadvantage them. Health insurance carriers generally view certain health plan data as proprietary information and are increasingly asserting control over how the data may be used and to whom it may be provided, even if authorized by the health plan sponsor. The imposition of restrictions or limitations on our use of or access to customer and health plan data could adversely affect our solutions and service offerings, including product functionality, our ability to provide data and corresponding products and services to commercial customers, our ability to develop new solution and service offerings and our reputation and brand equity resulting from diminished data access. In addition, we may be unable to find alternative, up‑to‑date data sources from third‑party vendors on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Third‑party vendors of data may increase restrictions on our use of data, increase pricing to purchase or license data or refuse altogether to provide us with data. Any significant impairment to our current access to data, due to increased pricing, the imposition of restrictions and limitations or our inability to obtain data, including from key sources, could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

11



We receive, process, store, use and transmit individually identifiable health information and other sensitive data, which subjects us to governmental regulation and other legal obligations related to privacy and security, and any actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business.
We receive, process, store, use and transmit individually identifiable health information and other sensitive data. There are numerous federal and state laws regarding privacy and the storing, sharing, use, processing, disclosure and protection of individually identifiable health information and other personal information, the scope of which is changing and subject to differing interpretations. We strive to comply with applicable laws, policies, legal obligations and industry codes of conduct relating to privacy and data protection to the extent feasible. However, it is possible that these obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies, our privacy‑related obligations to customers or third parties or our privacy‑related legal obligations, or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release or transfer of individually identifiable health information or other sensitive data, may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others and could cause our customers to lose trust in us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we cannot provide assurances with regard to how governmental regulation and other legal obligations related to privacy and security will be interpreted, enforced or applied to our operations.
Certain of our activities present the potential for identity theft or similar illegal behavior by our employees or contractors with respect to third parties.
Our services involve the use and disclosure of personal information that, in some cases, could be used to impersonate third parties or otherwise improperly gain access to their data or funds. If any of our employees or contractors takes, converts or misuses such information, or we experience a data breach creating a risk of identity theft, we could be liable for damages, and our business reputation could be damaged or destroyed. In addition, we could be perceived to have facilitated or participated in illegal misappropriation of documents or data and, therefore, be subject to civil or criminal liability. Federal and state regulators may take the position that a data breach or misdirection of data constitutes an unfair or deceptive act or trade practice. We also may be required to notify individuals affected by any data breaches. Further, a data breach or similar incident could impact the ability of our customers that are creditors to comply with the federal “red flags” rules, which require the implementation of identity theft prevention programs to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft in connection with customer accounts.
If our security measures are breached, or if the systems our customers use to gain access to our solutions are compromised, we could suffer a material loss of business, substantial legal liability or significant harm to our reputation.
Our business involves the storage, use and transmission of individually identifiable health information and other highly confidential data. Therefore, the security features of our offerings are extremely important. A security breach or failure could result from a variety of circumstances and events, including third‑party actions such as computer‑hacking attacks or phishing, employee malfeasance or error, computer viruses and malware, software bugs or other technical malfunctions, power outages, hardware or telecommunications failures and catastrophic events. If our security measures are breached or fail, or if our computer systems or those of our customers, or our third‑party providers are compromised, unauthorized data access may occur. Any of these circumstances could lead to interruptions, delays or shutdowns, causing loss of critical data or the unauthorized disclosure or use of personally identifiable or other confidential information. Security breaches or compromises of computer systems or security measures may be difficult to prevent, detect and resolve. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable service or sabotage systems change frequently, may originate from less‑regulated and remote areas around the world and generally are not recognized until launched against us, we may be unable to proactively address these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures.
We outsource to third parties certain important aspects of the storage and transmission of the information provided to us by our customers and other sources. These outsourced functions include services such as co‑location data centers, software development, software engineering, database consulting, system administration, network security and firewall

12



services. We attempt to address the associated risks by requiring our subcontractors with data access to sign agreements, including Business Associate agreements where necessary, obligating them to take security measures to protect such data. In addition, certain of our third‑party subcontractors are subject to security audits. However, we cannot assure you that these contractual measures and other safeguards will provide adequate protection against the risks associated with the storage and transmission of the data in our care.
In the event of a security breach or compromise that results in performance or availability problems with respect to our solutions, data assets or services, or the loss or unauthorized disclosure of individually identifiable health or other confidential information, our reputation could be severely damaged and the costs to our business could increase substantially. Our existing customers may lose trust and confidence in us and our solutions and services, causing them to decrease or stop the use of our solutions and services. We may experience difficulty in attracting new customers. We could be subject to lawsuits, government enforcement action and other claims that could result in third‑party liability, penalties and fines, and we could be required to expend significant resources to remediate the damage and protect against future security breaches. These consequences could diminish our competitive position and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Failure of our customers to obtain proper permissions or provide us with accurate data may result in claims against us or may limit or prevent our use of data, which could harm our business.
We require our customers to obtain necessary permissions for the use and disclosure of the information that we receive. If they fail to obtain necessary permissions, then our use and disclosure of information that we receive from them or on their behalf may be limited or prohibited by state or federal privacy or other laws. Also, we rely on our customers to provide us with accurate and unadulterated data. In addition, such failures by our customers could interfere with or prevent creation or use of rules, analyses or other data‑driven activities that benefit us. Accordingly, we may be subject to claims or liability for use or disclosure of information by reason of lack of valid permissions or due to data inaccuracy. These claims or liabilities could damage our reputation, subject us to unexpected costs and adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
Regulation affecting the healthcare industry is broad, complex and subject to changes that could adversely affect our business.
The healthcare industry is highly regulated by federal, state and local authorities, and is subject to a variety of changing internal and external influences. Healthcare laws are complicated and depend on government agencies to interpret and enforce them. These laws continue to evolve and their application to our business and our clients is not always clear. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and its implementing regulations, as amended (“HIPAA”), and the PPACA, are two examples of legislation that directly affect our business and the businesses of our customers. For example, the PPACA’s complexity, lack of implementing regulations or interpretive guidance, former court challenges and political debate make it difficult to predict the ways in which the PPACA would impact us or the businesses of our customers. Other legislative changes have also been proposed and adopted in the U.S. since the PPACA has been enacted. These changes include spending reductions to several government programs, such as the reduction of Medicare payments to healthcare providers.
Given the evolving legal and regulatory environment, we are unable to predict what further legal or regulatory changes might be made or how those changes could affect our business. Additional state and federal healthcare reform measures are likely be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for our healthcare products and services. Such reforms may generate new or enhanced requirements which may render some of our services and solutions obsolete or prevent us from performing certain services or providing certain solutions. We may be required to change or adapt our services and solutions in order to comply with these regulations. For example, the adoption of regulations could limit our access to certain data and related use rights, requiring us to change or adapt our offerings and imposing additional costs on us. As a result, our existing services and solutions could be less profitable, and introducing new services or solutions might be more expensive or time‑consuming than we anticipate, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and growth prospects.

13



For additional information on government regulation to which we are subject to, see “Business-Regulation and Legislation.”
Government regulation in the healthcare industry creates risks and challenges with respect to our compliance efforts and customer relationships, which could adversely affect our operating results.
We have attempted to structure our operations to comply with legal requirements that directly apply to us and to our customers, but there can be no assurance that our operations will not be challenged or adversely impacted by changes to government regulation in the healthcare industry or regulatory enforcement initiatives. In addition to HIPAA and the PPACA, we or our clients are subject to numerous other federal and state regulations such as the False Claims Act, which allows a public and private right of action against fraudulent medical claims, and the federal Anti‑Kickback Statute, which governs patient referrals, financial relationships with physicians and other referral sources and inducements to providers and patients. Any determination by a court or agency that our offerings violate, or cause our customers to violate, such laws or regulations, could subject us or our customers to civil or criminal penalties. Such a determination could also require us to change or terminate portions of our business, disqualify us from serving customers who are or do business with government entities, or cause us to refund some or all of our service fees or otherwise compensate our customers.
In addition, failure to satisfy such laws or regulations could adversely affect demand for our offerings and could force us to expend significant capital, research and development efforts and other resources to address such failure. Even an unsuccessful challenge by regulatory authorities or private whistleblowers could result in loss of business, exposure to adverse publicity and injury to our reputation and could adversely affect our ability to retain and attract customers.
If we fail to comply with current or future data security and privacy laws or regulations governing the collection, dissemination, use and confidentiality of personally identifiable information, including patient health information, our business could be adversely impacted.
The privacy and security of personally identifiable information, also known as personal data, that is collected, stored, maintained, received or transmitted electronically, is a major issue impacting the healthcare industry. In particular, there are numerous federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personal health information. For example, regulations promulgated pursuant to HIPAA establish national privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information and require the implementation of administrative, physical and technological safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form. In addition to regulating privacy of personal health information, HIPAA includes several anti‑fraud and abuse laws and extends criminal penalties to private healthcare benefit programs.
Many of our customers are directly subject to two rules that were promulgated pursuant to HIPAA: (i) the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information (the “Privacy Standards”) and (ii) the Security Standards for the Protection of Electronic Protected Health Information (the “Security Standards”). As such, our customers are required to enter into written agreements with us, known as Business Associate agreements, which obligate us to safeguard individually identifiable health information and restrict how we may use and disclose that information. The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, as amended (“HITECH”) addresses the privacy and security concerns associated with the electronic transmission of health information, in part through several provisions that strengthen the civil and criminal enforcement of HIPAA, which directly affects our business and increases penalties for noncompliance. Along with changes in breach notification standards, which are expected to lead to a higher proportion of data security incidents being classified as reportable breaches, the rule extends Business Associate status to subcontractors of Business Associates, making us a Business Associate in some contexts where we previously had only contractual liability.
If we are unable to properly protect the privacy and security of health information entrusted to us, we could be found to have breached our contracts with our customers and could be subject to criminal and civil penalties under HIPAA, with penalties of up to $50,000 per violation for a maximum civil penalties of $1.5 million in a calendar year for violations of the same requirement.

14



In addition to HIPAA, numerous other bodies of privacy laws exist, including, but not limited to, the federal rules that govern the use and disclosure of alcohol and drug abuse records, the European Union’s Data Protection Directive, Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act and other data protection, privacy and similar national, state/provincial and local laws. We have established frameworks, models, processes and technologies to manage privacy for many data types, from a variety of sources, and under a myriad of privacy and data protection laws. Because these laws are complex, there is no assurance that the safeguards and controls employed by us will be sufficient to prevent a violation of these laws. Failure to comply with such laws may result in, among other things, civil and criminal liability, negative publicity, damage to our reputation and liability under contractual provisions.
Although we strive to protect the data in our care by complying with all applicable privacy and security laws and regulations, as well as the related obligations contained in our contracts with customers, such laws, regulations and related obligations continue to evolve and any failure or perceived failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and obligations may result in threatened or actual proceedings, actions and public statements against us by government entities, private parties, consumer advocacy groups or others, or could cause us to lose customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Data breaches could materially and adversely harm our business.
In recent years, there have been a number of well publicized data breaches involving the improper dissemination of personal information of individuals both within and outside of the healthcare industry. Many states, as well as the federal government through HIPAA, have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals. In many cases, these laws are limited to electronic data, but states are increasingly enacting or considering stricter and broader requirements. HIPAA covered entities must report breaches of unsecured individually identifiable health information to affected individuals without unreasonable delay but not to exceed 60 days of discovery of the breach by a covered entity or its agents. Notification must also be made to the HHS and, in certain circumstances involving large breaches, to the media. Business Associates must report breaches of unsecured individually identifiable health information to covered entities within 60 days of discovery of the breach by the Business Associate or its agents. In addition, the Federal Trade Commission has prosecuted some data breach incidents as unfair and deceptive acts or practices under the Federal Trade Commission Act.
Although we have implemented and maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards intended to protect all personal data and have processes in place to assist us in complying with applicable laws and regulations regarding the protection of this data and properly responding to any security breaches or incidents, we may still be subject to security breaches or incidents or be unable to respond effectively to such breaches or incidents. Data breaches could subject us to significant liabilities and could result in a loss of business, exposure to adverse publicity and injury to our reputation, increase our costs, any of which could adversely affect our operating results and ability to retain and attract customers.
Customer contracts with governmental agencies, or which are funded by government programs, impose strict compliance burdens on us, may give rise to conflicts with some of our other important businesses and are subject to termination and delays in funding.
Approximately 18% of our consolidated revenues comes from customers that are governmental agencies or are funded by government programs. Our contracts and subcontracts with these customers may be, and in certain instances, have in the past been, subject to some or all of the following:
termination when appropriated funding for the current fiscal year is exhausted;
termination for the governmental customer’s convenience, subject to a negotiated settlement for costs incurred and profit on work completed, along with the right to place contracts out for bid before the full contract term, and the right to make unilateral changes in contract requirements, subject to negotiated price adjustments;

15



compliance and reporting requirements related to, among other things, agency specific policies and regulations, cost principles and accounting systems, equal employment opportunity, affirmative action for veterans and workers with disabilities and accessibility for the disabled;
broad audit rights;
specialized remedies for breach and default, including set‑off rights, retroactive price adjustments and civil or criminal fraud penalties, as well as mandatory administrative dispute resolution procedures instead of state contract law remedies; and
potential delays or terminations of, or failures to renew, existing U.S. government contracts and subcontracts, as well as the potential delay or reduction in the rate of creation of new contracts, as a result of budget cuts relating to the Budget Control Act of 2011 and the related automatic sequestration process that followed.
In addition, certain violations of federal and state law may subject us to having our contracts terminated and, under certain circumstances, suspension and/or debarment from future government contracts. We are also subject to organizational conflict of interest rules that may affect our eligibility for some government contracts, including rules applicable to all U.S. government contracts, as well as rules applicable to the specific agencies with which we have contracts or with which we may seek to enter into contracts. For example, there has been an increasing focus on payment integrity issues with respect to government programs, and solutions and services that we provide to hospitals may constitute an organizational conflict of interest under our payment integrity contracts. If an organizational conflict of interest cannot be mitigated, then we may be disqualified from certain government contracts.
We may not be able to accurately predict or anticipate any delays or terminations of, or failures to renew, U.S. government contracts and subcontracts, or the impact that any such delays, terminations or failures to renew may have on our business and results of operations.
Inaccuracies in the solutions and services that we deliver to our customers could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business and expose us to liability.
The information solutions and services that we deliver to our customers are becoming increasingly sophisticated. Errors in these solutions and services could cause serious problems for our customers. Some of these risks are heightened as we seek to expand our solutions and service offerings, including various patient safety solutions utilized by clinicians. If problems like these occur, our customers may seek compensation from us or may seek to terminate their agreements with us, withhold payments due to us, seek refunds from us of part or all of the fees charged under our agreements, a loan or advancement of funds or initiate litigation or other dispute resolution procedures. In addition, we may be subject to claims against us by others affected by any such problems.
Failures, delays, or interruptions in the operation of our computer and communications systems or the failure to implement system enhancements may harm our business.
Our success depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer and communications systems and other aspects of our information technology infrastructure. We must meet our customers’ service level expectations and our contractual obligations with respect to the delivery of our information products and services. Failure to do so could subject us to liability, as well as cause us to lose customers. In addition, because of the large amount of data we collect and manage, it is possible that hardware failures and errors in our systems would result in data loss or corruption or cause the information that we collect to be incomplete or contain inaccuracies that our customers regard as significant. If problems like these occur, our customers may seek full or partial refunds or credits from us or may seek to terminate their agreements with us, withhold payments due to us, or initiate litigation or other dispute resolution procedures. Also, our business could be harmed if our customers and potential customers believe our service is unreliable.
We depend on data centers that are not owned or operated by us. While we control and have access to our servers and the components of our network that are located in our external data centers, we do not own or control the operation of

16



these facilities. The agreement that governs our use of the data centers is for a specified term, and we have no assurance that it can be renewed on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
Damage or failure of systems and technology environment. A failure at our data centers or of our network or data gathering and dissemination processes could impede the processing of data, delivery of databases and services, client orders and day to day management of our business and could result in the corruption or loss of data. While we have disaster recovery plans for our main data center and our other operations that we believe are appropriate, we currently do not have full backup facilities for all of our operations to provide redundant network capacity in the event of a data center or system failure. Despite any precautions we may take, damage from fire, natural disasters, floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, malware, break‑ins, sabotage, breaches of security, cyber‑attacks, epidemics and similar events at our various computer facilities could result in interruptions in the flow of data to and from our servers.
In addition, any failure by our computer information technology environment to provide our required data communications capacity could result in interruptions in our service. If at any time our data facility providers are unable to satisfy our requirements, we could be required to transfer our operations to an alternative provider of server hosting services. Such a transfer, whether planned or unplanned, could result in significant delays in our ability to deliver our products and services to our clients. Additionally, significant delays in the planned delivery of system enhancements, improvements and inadequate performance of the systems once they are completed could damage our reputation and harm our business.
Long‑term business disruption. Finally, long‑term disruptions in the infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities, epidemics or acts of terrorism (particularly involving cities in which we have offices or maintain our data) could adversely affect our businesses. Although we carry property casualty and business interruption insurance, our coverage may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur. The occurrence of any of these events could disrupt our business and operations or harm our brand and reputation, either of which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If we are unable to retain our existing customers or attract new customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.
Our success depends substantially upon the retention of our customers, particularly due to our recurring revenue model. Historically, a significant percentage of our revenue has come from ongoing customer relationships. We may not be able to maintain similarly high retention rates in the future or be able to replace existing customers with new customers. Our success in retaining business depends in part upon our clients’ budgetary environment and ability to build and implement their own in‑house data and analytics capabilities, our reputation and performance and our competitors. Our subscription‑based revenues depend in part upon maintaining our contract renewal and customer retention rates. If we are unable to retain customers at an acceptable rate, renew contracts with existing customers on the same or better terms or attract new customers to replace or add to existing customers, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely impacted.
Content innovation and technological developments could render our solutions and services obsolete or uncompetitive and we may not be able to develop new content innovations and technology necessary for our business to remain competitive.
To remain competitive, we must consistently deliver comprehensive and effective data solutions and services to our clients in forms that are easy to use while simultaneously providing clear answers to complex questions, some of which require us to focus on content innovation. In addition, the technologies supporting the industries we serve and our platforms for delivering our solutions and services to our customers are susceptible to rapid changes and in order to be competitive we must consistently develop cost effective technologies for secure and reliable data collection and analysis. We may not be able to develop new content innovations or technologies, or enhancements to, updates of or new versions of our technologies, as necessary for our business or we may not do so as quickly or cost effectively as our competition.

17



Further, the introduction of new solutions and services embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards could render existing solutions and services obsolete. Our continued success will depend on our ability to adapt to changing technologies, manage and process ever increasing types and amounts of data and improve the performance, features and reliability of our data solutions and services in response to changing client and industry demands. We may experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful design, development, testing, introduction or marketing of our solutions and services. New solutions and services, or enhancements or updates to existing solutions and services, may not adequately meet the requirements of current and prospective customers or achieve any degree of significant market acceptance.
Our business is subject to significant competition that is likely to intensify.
Our future growth and success depend on our ability to successfully compete with other companies that provide similar services in the same markets, some of which may have financial, marketing, technical and other advantages. Some of our existing customers, including some for which we act as a subcontractor, compete with us or may plan to do so or belong to alliances that compete with us or plan to do so, either with respect to the same products and services we provide to them or with respect to some of our other lines of business. The ability of customers or other competitors to replicate our solutions and services may adversely affect the terms and conditions we are able to negotiate in our agreements and our transaction volume with them, which directly impacts our revenues. We compete with other vendors to be the first to deliver real time and prospective analytics and the integration of financial and clinical data, and any vendor that exhibits an advantage in any of these areas will be at a distinct competitive advantage.
In addition, some of our solutions and services allow healthcare sponsors and carriers to outsource business processes that have been or could be performed internally and, in order for us to be able to compete, use of our solutions and services must be more efficient for them than use of internal resources. To the extent such customers choose to use internal resources instead of our solutions and services, our business, financial condition and results of operation may be adversely affected.
We are also often required to respond to a request for a proposal (“RFP”) to compete for a contract. This requires that we accurately estimate our cost structure for servicing a proposed contract, the time required to establish operations and likely terms of the proposals submitted by competitors. We cannot assure you that we will continue to obtain contracts in response to RFPs or that our proposals will result in profitable contracts. In addition, competitors may protest contracts awarded to us through the RFP process which may cause the award to be delayed or overturned or may require the client to reinitiate the RFP process.
Our business could be harmed if we are no longer able to license or integrate third‑party technologies, or to the extent any problems arise with the functionality or successful integration of any software or other technologies licensed to us by third‑party vendors.
We depend upon licenses from third‑party vendors for some of the technology used in our business intelligence and software tools and the technology platforms upon which these tools operate. We also use third‑party software to maintain and enhance, among other things, content generation and delivery, and to support our technology infrastructure. These technologies might not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Most of these licenses can be renewed only by mutual agreement and may be terminated if we breach the terms of the license and fail to cure the breach within a specified period of time. Our inability to obtain and maintain any of these licenses could delay our ability to provide services until alternative technology can be identified, licensed and integrated, which may harm our financial condition and results of operations. Some of our third‑party licenses are non‑exclusive and our competitors may obtain the right to use any of the technology covered by these licenses to compete directly with us.
Our use of third‑party technologies exposes us to risks associated with the integration of new technology into our solutions, the diversion of our resources from development of our own proprietary technology and the generation of revenue from licensed technology sufficient to offset associated procurement and maintenance costs. Because some of our products and services incorporate software developed and maintained by third parties, we are, to a certain extent, dependent upon such third parties’ ability to maintain or enhance their current products and services, to ensure that their products are free of defects or security vulnerabilities, to develop new products and services on a timely and

18



cost‑effective basis and to respond to emerging industry standards and other technological changes. To the extent any problems arise with the proper functioning or successful integration of any software or other technologies licensed to us by third‑party vendors, this could prevent our products and services from operating as our customers expect them to, thereby harming our relationships with our customers. If problems like these occur, our customers may seek compensation from us or may seek to terminate their agreements with us, withhold payments due to us, seek refunds from us of part or all of the fees charged under our agreements, or file a lawsuit. Further, we may be subject to claims against us by others affected by any such problems. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer. In addition, if our vendors choose to discontinue support of the licensed technology in the future, we might not be able to modify or adapt our own solutions.
Client procurement strategies could put additional pressure on the pricing of our information services and lead to decreased revenues and lower margins.
Client procurement strategies have become increasingly more focused, and as a result, clients have sought lower pricing on information services. Certain of our clients may continue to seek further price concessions from us. This puts pressure on the pricing of our information services, which could decrease our revenues and lower our margins. If our competitors offer deep discounts on certain products in an effort to recapture or gain market share or to sell other products, we may need to lower prices or offer other favorable terms in order to compete successfully. Any such changes would be likely to reduce margins and could adversely affect operating results. If we cannot offset price reductions with a corresponding increase in sales or with lower spending, then the reduced software revenues resulting from lower prices would adversely affect our results. In certain areas of our Commercial segment, we have seen and continue to see pricing pressure as healthcare reform drives clients to manage healthcare information technology spending in the context of other technology investments they are implementing concurrently.
As is common in high technology industries with rapid technological change, our customers may also require us to continue to add functionality to our products in order to maintain price. Additionally, changes in the pricing model for our products and solutions could require us to implement a new pricing model in order to remain competitive. A change in pricing model could require significant resources in order to transition successfully and could reduce our revenue during such a transition. While we attempt to mitigate the revenue impact of any pricing pressure through effective negotiations, there can be no assurance as to the degree to do so, and such pricing pressure could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We expect to incur costs and expenses in connection with our internal business transformation initiatives, and failure to achieve our objectives under such internal business transformation initiatives could adversely impact our competitiveness and harm our operating results.
We are pursuing internal business transformation initiatives that seek to improve our productivity, flexibility, quality, functionality, technology and cost savings. We have incurred and expect to continue to incur costs and expenses in connection with such initiatives. We also expect to continue to look at opportunities to further refine our operations through internal business transformation initiatives, which may result in the incurrence of additional costs and expense in the future. These various initiatives may not yield their intended gains and we may not be able to fully realize the benefits that we expect to achieve from such initiatives within the anticipated timeframes, or at all, which may impact our competitiveness and our ability to meet our growth objectives and, as a result, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The protection of our intellectual property may require substantial resources and an inability to protect our intellectual property could reduce the value of our services and solutions.
The steps we have taken to protect and enforce our proprietary rights and intellectual property may not be adequate. For instance, we may not be able to secure trademark or service mark registrations for marks in the United States or in foreign countries or take similar steps to secure patents for our proprietary applications. Further, despite our efforts, it may be possible for third parties to reverse engineer or otherwise obtain, copy and use information that we regard as proprietary. Third parties may infringe upon or misappropriate our copyrights, trademarks, service marks and other intellectual property rights, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and

19



results of operations. If we believe a third‑party has misappropriated our intellectual property, litigation may be necessary to enforce and protect those rights, which would divert management resources, would be expensive and may not effectively protect our intellectual property. Additionally, our existing confidentiality agreements with employees, contractors and others who participate in development activities could be breached, or we may not enter into sufficient and adequate agreements with such individuals in the first instance, in either case potentially resulting in the unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. In addition, the laws of some countries do not protect and enforce proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and effective intellectual property protection and mechanisms for the enforcement of such rights may not be available in those jurisdictions. As a result, if anyone misappropriates our intellectual property, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Third parties may claim that we are infringing their intellectual property, and we could suffer significant litigation or licensing expenses or be prevented from selling certain solutions.
We could be subject to claims that we are misappropriating or infringing intellectual property or other proprietary rights of others. These claims, even if not meritorious, could be expensive to defend and could divert management’s attention from our operations. If we become liable to third parties for infringing these rights, we could be required to pay a substantial damage award and to develop non‑infringing technology, obtain a license or cease selling the products or services that use or contain the infringing intellectual property. We may be unable to develop non‑infringing solutions or obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. We may also be required to indemnify our customers if they become subject to third‑party claims relating to intellectual property that we license or otherwise provide to them, which could be costly.
We are, and may become, involved in litigation that could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In the normal course of our business, we are involved in lawsuits, claims, audits and investigations. The outcome of these matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition. In addition, we may become subject to lawsuits, claims, audits and investigations that could result in substantial costs and divert our attention and resources. For example, we have, and may in the future, become subject to claims relating to unfavorable patient outcomes based on information that we make available to clinicians or pharmaceutical customers. There can be no assurances that the outcome of any such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our success depends in part on our ability to identify, recruit and retain skilled management, including our executive officers, and technical personnel. If we fail to recruit and retain suitable candidates or if our relationship with our employees changes or deteriorates, there could be an adverse effect on our business.
Our success depends upon our ability to identify, attract, hire and retain highly qualified personnel, including skilled executive, technical, management, product and technology, regulatory and compliance and sales and marketing personnel, all of whom are in high demand and are often subject to competing offers. In particular, our executive officers and other key employees are critical to the management of our business. The loss of any of our executive officers or key employees could impair our ability to execute our business plan and growth strategy, reduce revenues, cause us to lose customers or lead to employee morale problems and the loss of other key employees. Competition for qualified personnel in the healthcare information technology and services industry is intense, and we may not be able to hire or retain a sufficient number of qualified personnel to meet our requirements, or at salary, benefit and other compensation costs that are acceptable to us. A loss of a substantial number of qualified employees, or an inability to attract, retain and motivate additional highly skilled employees required for expansion of our business, could have an adverse effect on our business.

20



Failure to successfully complete or integrate acquisitions into our existing operations could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We regularly evaluate opportunities for strategic growth through acquisitions. Recently, we completed the acquisitions of Simpler, JWA and HBE. Risks associated with acquisitions could include, among other things, our inability to realize the full extent of the benefits or cost savings that we expect to realize as a result of the completion of the acquisition within the anticipated time frame, or at all, failure to receive necessary consents, clearances and approvals in connection with the acquisition, and diversion of management’s attention from our business strategies and objectives.
Further, we may be unsuccessful in our effort to combine our businesses with the business of the acquired company in a manner that permits cost savings to be realized, including with respect to sales and administrative support activities and information technology systems, motivating, recruiting and retaining executives and key employees, conforming standards, controls, procedures and policies, business cultures and compensation structures, consolidating and streamlining corporate and administrative infrastructures, consolidating sales and marketing operations, retaining existing customers and attracting new customers, identifying and eliminating redundant and underperforming operations and assets, coordinating geographically dispersed organizations and managing tax costs or inefficiencies associated with integrating our operations following completion of the acquisitions. The process of integrating acquired companies and operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties or exposure to unknown liabilities and may require significant financial resources and management’s time and attention that would otherwise be available for the ongoing development or expansion of our existing operations. In addition, acquisitions outside of the United States increase our exposure to risks associated with foreign operations, including fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and compliance with U.S. and foreign laws and regulations. See “- Our foreign operations expose us to political, economic, regulatory and other risks, which could adversely impact our business, operations and financial results.” For example, a significant portion of the operations and personnel of HBE, which we acquired in November of 2014, are outside the United States.
To the extent the availability of free or relatively inexpensive information increases, the demand for some of our solutions may decrease.
Public sources of free or relatively inexpensive information have become increasingly available recently, particularly through the Internet, and this trend is expected to continue. Governmental agencies in particular have increased the amount of information to which they provide free public access. Public sources of free or relatively inexpensive information may enable third parties to create value added, analytically enhanced or authoritative content that may compete with and reduce demand for our solutions. To the extent that customers choose not to obtain solutions from us and instead rely on these alternative new sources, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Mergers or consolidations among companies in the healthcare industry could in the future reduce the use of our services.
Mergers or consolidations among companies in the healthcare industry, including among companies who are our customers, could in the future reduce the number of our clients and potential clients. When companies consolidate, overlapping services previously purchased separately are usually purchased only once by the combined entity, leading to loss of revenue. Other solutions or services that were previously purchased by one of the merged or consolidated entities may be deemed unnecessary or canceled. If our customers merge with or are acquired by other entities that are not our customers, or that use fewer of our solutions or services, they may discontinue or reduce their use of our offerings. For example, the pharmaceutical industry has recently experienced and continues to experience consolidation. There can be no assurance as to the degree to which we may be able to address the revenue impact of such consolidation. Any of these developments could harm our operating results and financial condition.
Our foreign operations expose us to political, economic, regulatory and other risks, which could adversely impact our business, operations and financial results.
We conduct a portion of our operations in foreign locations such as Brazil, United Kingdom, China and India, including some sales and data service functions. Operating in overseas environments carries risks for our business related to unexpected changes in local government laws and regulations, including those relating to tax laws, intellectual property,

21



data management and labor and cross‑border trade. Our international operations also carry risks associated with currency exposure, volatility of emerging economies, fraudulent business practices, the recruitment and retention of skilled personnel, economic sanctions and export controls, money laundering and other exposures inherent in operating in foreign jurisdictions. In addition, we are exposed to bribery and corruption risk in our global business operations, and in particular, risks associated with enforcement of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”). The majority of our international sales are conducted through distributors, and while we have policies to address corruption risk raised by these distributors, improper payments by these distributors, other business partners or our own employees may create liability for us under the FCPA or other anti‑bribery laws. As we expand our business outside of the United States, all of these risks associated with our international business may increase.
If the Company fails to maintain an effective system of disclosure and internal controls, it may not be able to accurately report its financial results and may incur additional costs related to remediation of its internal controls
In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the 2014 period, we have identified control deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that constituted a material weakness with respect to sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training in the application of GAAP. As a result, we have taken corrective actions and have since remediated the material weakness. If the Company were to determine that its previous material weakness were not properly rectified or fails to maintain the effectiveness of its internal controls, its operating results could be harmed and could result in material misstatement in its financial statements.
We may not be able to fully realize the value of our net operating loss carryforwards.
As of December 31, 2015, we had unused federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) of approximately $258.1 million. Such losses expire in various amounts at varying times beginning in 2032. Unless they expire, these NOLs may be used to offset future taxable income and thereby reduce our income taxes otherwise payable. As we have incurred losses since our inception and do not currently expect to turn a profit in the near future, we are unable to realize value from our net operating loss carryforwards unless we find a way to become profitable, either through the acquisition of a profitable company or otherwise to increase revenues and generate new income.
Section 382 (“Section 382”) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) imposes an annual limit on the ability of a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” to use its NOLs to reduce its tax liability. An “ownership change” is generally defined as any change in ownership of more than 50% of a corporation’s “stock” by its “5‑percent shareholders” (as defined in Section 382) over a rolling three‑year period based upon each of those shareholder’s lowest percentage of stock owned during such period. It is possible future transactions, not all of which would be within our control, could cause us to undergo an ownership change as defined in Section 382. In that event, we would not be able to use our pre‑ownership‑change NOLs in excess of the limitation imposed by Section 382. At this time, we do not believe these limitations will affect our ability to use any NOLs before they expire. However, no such assurances can be provided. If our ability to utilize our NOLs to offset taxable income generated in the future is subject to this limitation, it could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
We have a history of net losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.
We incurred a net loss of $75.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, $37.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $345.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. We cannot assure you that our revenues will grow or that we will achieve or maintain profitability in the future. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future. Our ability to achieve profitability will be affected by the other risks and uncertainties described in this section and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

22



Our overall business, financial condition or operating results may be materially and adversely impacted by an economic downturn.
Our business could be significantly affected by general economic conditions. The U.S. and global economies have recovered from a significant prolonged downturn but prospects for sustained economic recovery remain uncertain. Certain economic metrics have not recovered to pre‑2008 levels when the U.S. economy was significantly weakened by a financial crisis. Additionally, in October 2013, the U.S. federal government shutdown caused uncertainty in the federal government’s ability to meet its debt payments. A future U.S. government shutdown may occur and any resulting failure of the United States to meet its debt obligations, or the perceived risk of such a failure, could have a material adverse effect on the financial markets and economic conditions in the United States and throughout the world. To the extent that economic conditions remain uncertain, our business, financial condition and operating results could be significantly and adversely affected. For example, clients may delay or decrease spending with us or may not pay us.
We are controlled by the Sponsor, whose interest as equity holder may conflict with yours as a holder of Notes.
We are controlled by the Sponsor, through its affiliated private equity funds. The Sponsor controls the election of our directors and thereby has the power to control our affairs and policies, including the appointment of management, the issuance of additional equity and the declaration and payment of dividends if allowed under the terms of the credit agreement governing our Senior Credit Facility, the terms of the indenture governing the Notes and the terms of our other indebtedness outstanding at the time. The Sponsor does not have any liability for any obligations under or relating to the Notes and their interests may be in conflict with yours. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they mature, the Sponsor may pursue strategies that favor equity investors over debt investors. In addition, the Sponsor, through its affiliated private equity funds, may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financing or other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions may involve risk to you as a holder of the Notes. Additionally, the Sponsor, through its affiliated private equity funds, may make investments in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with us, or may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. For information concerning our arrangements with the Sponsor, see "Management" and "Certain relationships and related party transactions."

As an "emerging growth company" under the JOBS Act, we rely on exemptions from some disclosure requirements.
As an "emerging growth company" under the JOBS Act, we rely on exemptions from some disclosure requirements. We are an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which we had total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer" as defined under the federal securities laws. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to, among other things:

have an auditor attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; and
include detailed compensation discussion and analysis in our filings under the Exchange Act, and instead may provide a reduced level of disclosure concerning executive compensation.

To the extent we take advantage of these reduced burdens, the information that we provide you in our public filings may be different than that of other public companies in which you hold securities.


23



Risks related to the Notes
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the Notes.
As of December 31, 2015, our total principal indebtedness was $990.7 million and we have undrawn availability under the Revolving Credit Facility of $37.5 million (after giving effect to a $5.0 million outstanding revolving loan and a $7.5 million of outstanding letters of credit, which, while not drawn, reduce the available balance under the Revolving Credit Facility). Of this total amount, $623.5 million is secured indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facility (excluding $7.5 million represented by letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility), to which the Notes are effectively subordinated to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. We may also request incremental increases in commitments under the Senior Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount up to (x) $75.0 million plus (y) up to an additional $75.0 million if the consolidated senior secured leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.0:1.0, subject to certain conditions.
Subject to the limits contained in the credit agreement that governs our Senior Credit Facility, the indenture that governs the Notes and our other debt instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt could intensify. Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences to the holders of the Notes, including the following:
making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Notes and our other debt;
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;
requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility, are at variable rates of interest;
limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;
placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and
increasing our cost of borrowing.
In addition, the indenture that governs the Notes and the credit agreement that governs our Senior Credit Facility contain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long term best interest. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all our debt.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks to us as a result of our significant indebtedness.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness. Although the indenture dated June 6, 2012 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”) that governs the Notes and the Senior Credit Agreement that governs our Senior Credit Facility contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and any additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we incur any additional indebtedness, the holders of that debt will be entitled to share ratably with our other existing indebtedness in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up of our company. Upon any such insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up, the holders of our debt would only be entitled to the distribution of assets, if any, remaining after payment to our creditors and subject to prior distribution rights of any shares of preferred stock that we may issue in the future. The restrictions contained in the Indenture that governs the Notes and the Senior

24



Credit Agreement that governs our Senior Credit Facility also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness.
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or refinance, our debt obligations, and meet financial covenants in the Senior Credit Agreement and the Indenture, depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to effect any such alternative measures, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations and may result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders.
In addition, the Senior Credit Agreement that governs our Senior Credit Facility and the Indenture that governs the Notes restricts our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from those dispositions and may also restrict our ability to raise debt or equity capital to be used to repay other indebtedness when it becomes due. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations then due, which could result in the acceleration of our indebtedness.
The terms of the credit agreement that governs our Senior Credit Facility and the indenture that governs the Notes will restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.
The indenture that governs the Notes and the credit agreement that governs our Senior Credit Facility contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long term best interest, including, among other things, restrictions on our ability to:
incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;
pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem, capital stock;
prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt;
make loans, investments and acquisitions;
sell or otherwise dispose of assets;
incur liens;
enter into transactions with affiliates;
alter the businesses we conduct;
enter into sale-leaseback transactions;
enter into certain swap agreements;
change our fiscal year;
enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends and incur liens; and
consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

In addition, the Indenture that governs the Notes, and the Senior Credit Agreement that governs our Senior Credit Facility, contain covenants that require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition

25



tests and restrictive covenants limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in the long term best interest of our shareholders. Our ability to meet such financial ratios and satisfy such financial condition tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may be unable to meet such financial ratios or satisfy such financial condition tests. Our failure to comply with those financial and restrictive covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the Indenture and the Senior Credit Agreement, as well as an acceleration of or default under our other indebtedness to which a cross‑acceleration or cross‑default provision applies. In the event of an acceleration of our indebtedness, we could be forced to dispose of material assets or operations or issue additional equity securities, resulting in dilution to our existing stockholders.
Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.
Borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility are at variable rates of interest with an established LIBOR floor rate of 1.25% and may expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates were to increase above the floor rate, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease. Assuming $50.0 million of the Revolving Credit Facility is drawn, a one percent change in interest rates in excess of the floor established by the Senior Credit Facility would result in a $0.50 million change in annual interest expense on our indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facility. In the future, we may enter into interest rate swaps that involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments in order to reduce interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to all of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.
The Notes are effectively subordinated to our subsidiary guarantors’ indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facility and any other secured indebtedness of our company to the extent of the value of the property securing that indebtedness.
The Notes are not secured by any of our or our subsidiary guarantors’ assets. As a result, the Notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to our and the guarantors’ indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facility to the extent of the value of the assets that secure that indebtedness. As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately $623.5 million of principal indebtedness outstanding under our Term Loan Facility, all of which is effectively senior to the Notes, and we had approximately $7.5 million in letters of credit outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility, resulting in total unused availability of approximately $37.5 million under our Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, we may request incremental increases in commitments under the Senior Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount up to (x) $75.0 million plus (y) up to an additional $75.0 million if the consolidated senior secured leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.0:1.0, subject to certain conditions. Further, we may incur additional secured debt in the future under the indenture governing the Notes and under the credit agreement that governs our Senior Credit Facility if certain specified conditions are satisfied. The effect of this subordination is that upon a default in payment on, or the acceleration of, any of our secured indebtedness, or in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of our company or any subsidiary guarantor, the proceeds from the sale of assets securing our secured indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the Notes only after all indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facility and such other secured debt has been paid in full. As a result, the holders of the Notes may receive less ratably than the holders of secured debt in the event of our or any of our subsidiary guarantors’ bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution or reorganization.
 
The Notes are structurally subordinated to all obligations of subsidiaries that do not become guarantors of the Notes.

The Notes are guaranteed by Truven Holding and by each of our subsidiaries that guarantee our Senior Credit Facility or that, in the future, guarantee our other indebtedness or indebtedness of any subsidiary guarantor. Except for such subsidiary guarantors of the Notes, our subsidiaries, including our foreign subsidiaries (none of which is a guarantor of the Notes or under the Senior Credit Facility), will have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under the Notes or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payment. The Notes and guarantees are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations of any non-guarantor subsidiary such that in the event of insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up

26



of any such subsidiary that is not a guarantor, all of that subsidiary's creditors (including trade creditors) would be entitled to payment in full out of that subsidiary's assets before we would be entitled to any payment.
In addition, the indenture that governs the Notes, subject to some limitations, permits any non-guarantor subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness and did not contain any limitation on the amount of other liabilities, such as trade payables, that may be incurred by such subsidiaries.
As of the date of this Annual Report, we have foreign subsidiaries that do not guarantee our obligations under our Senior Credit Facility or the Notes. Moreover, in the future, we may choose to acquire or form one or more subsidiaries in connection with the operation of our business that will be a restricted subsidiary. If any such future direct or indirect subsidiary is not a borrower under our Senior Credit Facility and does not guarantee obligations under our Senior Credit Facility or guarantee our other indebtedness or indebtedness of any future subsidiary guarantors, it will be a non- guarantor subsidiary.
In addition, any subsidiary guarantors will be automatically released from their guarantees upon the occurrence of certain events, including the following:
the designation of any subsidiary guarantor as an unrestricted subsidiary;
the release or discharge of any guarantee or indebtedness that resulted in the creation of the guarantee of the Notes by such subsidiary guarantor; or
the sale or other disposition, including the sale of substantially all the assets, of that subsidiary guarantor.
If any guarantee is released, no holder of the Notes will have a claim as a creditor against that subsidiary guarantor, and the indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables and preferred stock, if any, whether secured or unsecured, of that subsidiary guarantor will be effectively senior to the claim of any holders of the Notes.
We may not be able to repurchase the Notes upon a change of control.
Upon the occurrence of certain kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding Notes at 101% of their principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date. Additionally, under our Senior Credit Facility, a change of control (as defined in the credit agreement governing our Senior Credit Facility) constitutes an event of default that permits the lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings under our credit agreement and the commitments to lend would terminate, and any of our future debt agreements may contain similar provisions. The source of funds for any purchase of the Notes and repayment of borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility would be our available cash or cash generated from our subsidiaries’ operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We may not be able to repurchase the Notes upon a change of control because we may not have sufficient financial resources to purchase all of the debt securities that are tendered upon a change of control and repay our other indebtedness that will become due. If we fail to repurchase the Notes in that circumstance, we will be in default under the indenture that governs the Notes. We may require additional financing from third parties to fund any such purchases, and we may be unable to obtain financing on satisfactory terms or at all. Further, our ability to repurchase the Notes may be limited by law. In order to avoid the obligations to repurchase the Notes and events of default and potential breaches of our credit agreement that governs our Senior Credit Facility, we may have to avoid certain change of control transactions that would otherwise be beneficial to us.
In addition, certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations, may not, under the indenture that governs the Notes, constitute a “change of control” that would require us to repurchase the Notes, even though those corporate events could increase the level of our indebtedness or otherwise adversely affect our capital structure, credit ratings or the value of the Notes.
The exercise by the holders of Notes of their right to require us to repurchase the Notes pursuant to a change of control offer could cause a default under the agreements governing our other indebtedness, including future agreements, even if the change of control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchases on us. In the event a change of control offer is required to be made at a time when we are prohibited from purchasing Notes, we could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibitions. If we do not obtain a consent or repay those borrowings, we will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes. In that case, our failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an event of default under the indenture that governs the Notes, which could, in turn, constitute a default under our other

27



indebtedness. Finally, our ability to pay cash to the holders of Notes upon a repurchase may be limited by our then existing financial resources.
Holders of the Notes may not be able to determine when a change of control giving rise to their right to have the Notes repurchased has occurred following a sale of “substantially all” of our assets.
One of the circumstances under which a change of control may occur is upon the sale or disposition of “all or substantially all” of our assets. There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law and the interpretation of that phrase will likely depend upon particular facts and circumstances. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of Notes to require us to repurchase its Notes as a result of a sale of less than all our assets to another person may be uncertain.
Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the Notes and/or the guarantees thereof, and if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the Notes.
Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the Notes and the incurrence of the guarantees of the Notes. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from state to state, the Notes or the guarantees thereof could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, (a) issued the Notes or incurred the guarantees with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (b) received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the Notes or incurring the guarantees and, in the case of (b) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof:
we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the Notes or the incurrence of the guarantees;
the issuance of the Notes or the incurrence of the guarantees left us or any of the guarantors, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital or assets to carry on the business;
we or any of the guarantors intended to, or believed that we or such guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such guarantor’s ability to pay as they mature; or
 
we or any of the guarantors were a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against us or the guarantor if, in either case, the judgment is unsatisfied after final judgment.
As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or a valid antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A court would likely find that a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for its guarantee to the extent the guarantor did not obtain a reasonably equivalent benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the Notes.
We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the guarantors were insolvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, whether the Notes or the guarantees would be subordinated to our or any of our guarantors’ other debt. In general, however, a court would deem an entity insolvent if:
the sum of its debts, including contingent and unliquidated liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;
the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or
it could not pay its debts as they became due.
If a court were to find that the issuance of the Notes or the incurrence of a guarantee was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the Notes or that guarantee, could subordinate the Notes or that guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or of the related guarantor or could require the holders of the Notes to repay any amounts received with respect to that guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the Notes. Sufficient funds to repay the Notes may not be available from other sources, including remaining guarantors, if any. Further, the avoidance of

28



the Notes could result in an event of default with respect to our and the guarantors’ other debt that could result in acceleration of that debt.
Finally, as a court of equity, the bankruptcy court may subordinate the claims in respect of the Notes to other claims against us under the principle of equitable subordination if the court determines that (1) the holder of Notes engaged in some type of inequitable conduct, (2) the inequitable conduct resulted in injury to our other creditors or conferred an unfair advantage upon the holders of Notes and (3) equitable subordination is not inconsistent with the provisions of the bankruptcy code.



ITEM 1B - UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2 - PROPERTIES

We do not own any real estate property as we lease all of our existing facilities. Our principal office is located in a leased office space in Ann Arbor, Michigan. Our operating facilities accommodate product development, marketing and sales, information technology, administration, training, graphic services and operations personnel. Our three main facilities are as follows:
Facility Address
Square
Feet
Purpose
Lease
Start Date
Lease
Expiration
Date
100 Phoenix Drive Suite 201, Ann Arbor, MI 48108
134,927
Corporate headquarters/Operating facilities
9/1/2015
12/31/2026
1 North Dearborn Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, IL 60602
48,724
Operating facilities
6/1/2012
11/30/2020
6200 S. Syracuse Way, #300, Greenwood Village, CO 80111
107,955
Operating facilities
8/31/2013
7/31/2021
We lease additional facilities in 16 other locations worldwide.

ITEM 3 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, we become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. The following matters are the significant pending legal proceedings against us.
We have been named as a defendant in 225 separate pharmaceutical tort lawsuits relating to the use of Reglan or its generic version, the first of which was filed in 2010 and the rest of which were filed by 2012. All of these actions are pending in the Court of Common Pleas in Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania. In these matters, the plaintiffs allege that they sustained various injuries (including neurological disorders) as a result of their ingestion of Reglan. While a host of drug manufacturers and pharmacies are named as defendants in each of the suits, claims have also been asserted against so‑called Patient Education Monograph (“PEM”) defendants, including us. It is generally alleged in all of the actions that certain PEM defendants provided Reglan patient drug information to pharmacies which, in turn, provided that drug information to the pharmacies’ customers, the plaintiffs in these actions. Plaintiffs further allege that the PEM defendants’ patient drug information did not provide adequate warning information about the use of Reglan. Other PEM defendants have also been named in these and other similar actions. In general, the lawsuits have been procedurally consolidated in Philadelphia as mass tort actions. To date, none of the actions against Truven specifically identifies Truven as the author of a PEM that was supplied to a plaintiff. Instead, plaintiffs in these cases allege only that they read an unnamed PEM and, in effect, that it must have been published by at least one of the PEM defendants named in the action.


29



Along with other PEM defendants, we made one dispositive motion to dismiss all the actions. While that motion to dismiss has been denied, it was without prejudice, permitting us to renew at a later stage in the litigation.
Appeals by the co‑defendant generic drug company defendants have been exhausted as of May 18, 2015, and there has been no active discovery involving us to date. At this time, we believe that we have meritorious defenses to the claims in each of these actions.
Truven filed U.S. trademark applications for the trademarks Truven Health Analytics and Truven Health Unify. In May 2013 and March 2014, respectively, Truveris, Inc. (“Truveris”) filed notices of opposition against these applications in the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board of the United States Patent and Trademark Office alleging that the Truven Health Analytics and Truven Health Unify applications create a likelihood of confusion with Truveris’ alleged common law trademark Truveris as well as its registered trademarks Trubid, Truguard, Trubuy, Trureport and Trurxpay. Truveris has also alleged that Truven’s use of the Truven alleged mark is likely to cause confusion with Truveris’ alleged trademark. The parties settled this dispute in January, 2016.
Pacific Alliance Medical Center (“PAMC”) claimed in 2007 that we failed to properly submit some of PAMC’s data, resulting in denial of Medicare reimbursement to PAMC in the approximate amount of $600,000. PAMC was denied relief by administrative agencies and appealed to the U.S. District Court in the Central District of California for judicial review, which was denied. PAMC later appealed to and was denied relief by the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. Following the exhaustion of its appeals, PAMC filed a multi-count complaint against Truven in November, 2015 which we expect to vigorously defend.

We are involved in other litigation proceedings arising from the normal course of our operations. As of December 31, 2015, other than the Truveris case discussed above, no reserves were recorded based on the determination by management and our legal advisors that liability arising out of such proceedings is not probable and the amount of loss, if any, cannot be reasonably estimated.
While it is not possible to predict the outcome of any of these proceedings, our management, in conjunction with its legal advisors, based on its assessment of the facts and circumstances now known, does not believe that any of these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.


ITEM 4 - MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

30




PART II

ITEM 5 - MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

There is no established public trading market for the registrants' common stock. Truven Health Analytics Inc. is 100% owned by Truven Holding Corp, which is also 100% owned by VCPH Holding LLC.
The registrant has not paid any cash dividends in the past. We anticipate that any earnings will be retained for development of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our credit facility, senior subordinated notes and senior secured notes all restrict our ability to issue cash dividends. Any future dividends declared would be at the discretion of our board of directors and would depend on our financial condition, results of operations, contractual obligations, the terms of our financing agreements at the time a dividend is considered, and other relevant factors.

ITEM 6 - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our selected historical financial and other data for the periods and at the dates indicated:
The term Predecessor Period refers to all periods related to the Thomson Reuters Healthcare business (the Predecessor) prior to and including the date of the closing of the Prior Acquisition on June 6, 2012. We have derived the statement of comprehensive income (loss) and cash flow data for the period from January 1 to June 6, 2012, and year ended December 31, 2011 from our Predecessor’s audited combined financial statements.
The term Successor Period refers to all periods from inception of Truven Holding (April 20, 2012 onwards), which includes all periods of Truven after the closing of the Prior Acquisition on June 6, 2012. Following the Prior Acquisition and the related Merger, Truven (formerly TRHI) owns certain other assets and liabilities of the Thomson Reuters Healthcare business and is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary Truven Holding (the Successor). We have derived the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015, 2014 , 2013 and 2012, and the statement of comprehensive loss and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, and April 20, 2012 to December 31, 2012 from Successor’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report, which represent the consolidated financial position of Truven Holding and its subsidiaries.
The selected historical financial and other data included below and elsewhere in this Annual Report are not necessarily indicative of future results. The selected financial data presented below has been derived from financial statements that have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and should be read with the information included under the headings “Risk Factors”, “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

31



 
Year ended December 31,
Year ended December 31,
Year ended December 31,
From inception (April 20, 2012) to December 31,
 
 
January 1, 2012 to June 6,
Year ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
2012
 
 
2012
2011
 
Successor
 
 
Predecessor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues, net (a)
$
610,715

$
544,475

$
492,702

$
241,786

 
 
$
208,998

$
483,207

Operating costs and expenses
Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization (b)
(329,250
)
(292,999
)
(265,541
)
(141,558
)
 
 
(112,050
)
(245,609
)
Selling and marketing, excluding depreciation and amortization (c)
(70,205
)
(57,413
)
(56,157
)
(30,958
)
 
 
(25,917
)
(54,814
)
General and administrative, excluding depreciation and amortization (d)
(65,155
)
(55,937
)
(41,042
)
(13,042
)
 
 
(27,173
)
(44,867
)
Allocation of costs from Predecessor Parent and affiliates (e)




 
 
(10,003
)
(34,496
)
Depreciation (f)
(21,197
)
(22,350
)
(21,219
)
(6,700
)
 
 
(6,805
)
(14,851
)
Amortization of developed technology and content (g)
(43,821
)
(38,752
)
(31,894
)
(15,470
)
 
 
(12,460
)
(24,208
)
Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets (h)
(48,769
)
(45,402
)
(34,460
)
(19,527
)
 
 
(8,226
)
(19,691
)
Goodwill impairment (i)


(366,662
)

 
 


Other operating expenses (j)
(30,874
)
(20,784
)
(35,038
)
(49,622
)
 
 
(18,803
)
(20,002
)
Total operating costs and expenses
(609,271
)
(533,637
)
(852,013
)
(276,877
)
 
 
(221,437
)
(458,538
)
Operating income (loss)
1,444

10,838

(359,311
)
(35,091
)
 
 
(12,439
)
24,669

  Net interest income from Predecessor Parent (k)




 
 

134

Interest expense (l)
(74,219
)
(69,616
)
(70,581
)
(49,014
)
 
 

(63
)
  Interest income




 
 
3


Other finance costs
(1,805
)
(930
)
(24
)

 
 


Income (Loss) before income taxes
(74,580
)
(59,708
)
(429,916
)
(84,105
)
 
 
(12,436
)
24,740

Benefit from (Provision for) income taxes
(886
)
22,686

84,927

29,993

 
 
4,803

(9,859
)
Net income (loss)
$
(75,466
)
$
(37,022
)
$
(344,989
)
$
(54,112
)
 
 
$
(7,633
)
$
14,881

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(107
)
(139
)
(165
)

 
 


Total comprehensive income (loss)
$
(75,573
)
$
(37,161
)
$
(345,154
)
$
(54,112
)
 
 
$
(7,633
)
$
14,881

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flow data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
$
53,524

$
45,217

$
(1,365
)
$
27,352

 
 
$
17,806

$
85,017

Net cash used in investing activities (m)
(49,109
)
(142,067
)
(43,785
)
(1,280,672
)
 
 
(10,285
)
(40,521
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
(2,587
)
99,338

31,765

1,277,125

 
 
(7,513
)
(44,659
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
2015

2014

2013

2012

 
 
2011

 
 
Successor
 
 
Predecessor
Balance sheet data:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
14,325

$
12,604

$
10,255

$
23,805

 
 
$
70

 
Working capital deficit (n)
(58,297
)
(45,892
)
(59,762
)
(80,628
)
 
 
(75,481
)
 
Total assets
1,186,567

1,233,089

1,164,603

1,597,127

 
 
590,875

 
Long-term debt, net of original issue discount (o)
979,594

977,722

872,258

837,972

 
 

 
Total equity
(27,636
)
47,123

79,283

419,252

 
 
354,299

 




32







a.
Includes (i) subscription revenues from sales of products and services that are delivered under a contract over a period of time, which are recognized on a straight line basis over the term of the subscription, (ii) revenues from implementation and hosting arrangement that comprised: (1) the design, production, testing and installation of the customer's database (implementation phase); and (2) the provision of ongoing data management and support services in conjunction with the licensed data and subscription of software data or application (on-going service phase, hosting or subscription).

b.
Includes all personnel and other costs of revenue, including but not limited to, client support, client operations, product management, royalties, allocation of technology support costs administered by our Predecessor relating to market data and professional service costs.

c.
Includes all personnel and other costs related to sales and marketing, including but not limited to, sales and marketing staff, commissions and marketing events.

d.
Includes all personnel and other costs related to general administration as well as costs shared across the organization, including but not limited to technology, finance and strategy.

e.
Our Predecessor utilized various wholly-owned affiliates of Thomson Reuters to provide administrative services and to finance its operations. These costs relate to the corporate executive offices, audit fees, legal services, treasury, communications, human resources, tax services, risk management, technology support, rent and other costs incurred by the Predecessor Parent and its subsidiaries on behalf of our Predecessor. Costs were allocated to the Company based primarily on the proportional revenue. The Company believes the assumptions and methodologies underlying the allocations of general corporate overhead from Predecessor Parent were reasonable. However, such expenses may not be indicative of the actual expenses that would have been or will be incurred by TRHI or Truven operating as an independent company. As a result, the financial information herein may not necessarily reflect the combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company in the future or what it would have been if TRHI or Truven had been an independent company during the periods presented. If TRHI or Truven had operated independently of the Predecessor Parent, it is possible that the terms and conditions of these related party transactions, and the resulting amounts recorded, would have been different from those presented in these consolidated and combined financial statements.

f.
Includes depreciation of computer hardware, furniture, fixture and equipments, and leasehold improvements.

g.
Includes amortization of developed technology and contents used internally and capitalized once a project has progressed beyond a conceptual, preliminary stage to that of application development stage. Costs that qualify for capitalization include both internal and external costs, but are limited to those that are directly related to a specific project.

h.
Includes amortization of definite-lived trade names, acquired customer relationships, backlog and non-compete agreements.

i.
On November 1, 2013, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test and determined that the carrying value of all our reporting units exceeded our fair value due to lower-than-expected growth in revenue and cash flow in fiscal year 2013 resulting from certain selling cycle delays, particularly in the government sector, uncertainty in the healthcare sector related to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, higher-than-expected costs due to significant investments in technology infrastructure, as well as an increase in the discount rate used in the discounted cash flow analysis as compared to the rate used in the prior year’s analysis. As a result, we recorded an aggregate non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $366.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2013.

j.
Other operating expenses in the Predecessor Period includes related disposal costs incurred as part of the Prior Acquisition process (comprised of audit services, accounting and consulting services and legal fees), severance and retention bonuses relating to the Prior Acquisition and costs relating to other acquisition activities of our Predecessor Parent. Other operating expenses in 2012 and 2013 in the Successor Period include direct costs related to the Prior Acquisition in 2012 as well as costs incurred related to technology and other costs in connection with our transition to a standalone business. These costs include nonrecurring expenses associated with data center migration and

33



separating infrastructure from Thomson Reuters, costs related to the transitional service agreement with Thomson Reuters and related to rebranding, consulting, professional fees and Sponsor fees. Other operating expenses in 2014 includes professional fees related to the acquisition of Simpler, HBE and JWA in 2014, certain costs related to business improvement processes, and certain costs associated with data migration, asset write‑offs, losses on discontinued projects and Sponsor fees. Other operating expenses in 2015 includes various professional fees related to business integration and process improvements related to sales force, order to cash and various infrastructure and system process enhancements, asset write-offs, lease termination expense and Sponsor fees. See Notes 3 and 14 to the consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

k.
Prior to the Prior Acquisition, certain of our Predecessor’s cash management transactions with Thomson Reuters were subject to written loan agreements specifying repayment terms and interest payments, under which Thomson Reuters was required to pay interest to our Predecessor equal to the average monthly rate earned by Thomson Reuters on its cash investments held with its primary U.S. banker. Interest on these notes is reflected in ‘‘Interest income from Predecessor Parent’’ in our Predecessor’s combined statement of operations. These loan agreements were satisfied upon completion of the Prior Acquisition.

l.
Interest earned or incurred related to third-party transactions.

m.
Includes purchase price of Prior Acquisition in 2012 and acquisition of Simpler, HBE and JWA in 2014. Capital expenditures includes purchases of hardware, software and costs of developed technology and contents.

n.
Working capital is defined as current assets excluding cash and cash equivalents and deferred tax assets minus current liabilities excluding debt, capital lease obligations and tax related liabilities.

o.
Total debt includes current and non-current portion, net of original issue discount of $11.1 million, $14.3 million and $15.9 million as of December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.



ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with this entire Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the “Risk Factors” section and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those financial statements appearing elsewhere in this report. The discussion and analysis below includes certain forward-looking statements that are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report that could cause our actual future growth, results of operations, performance and business prospects and opportunities to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, such forward-looking statements. See “Note On Forward-Looking Statements” herein.

Overview
We are a leading healthcare analytics solutions and services business focused on quality improvement and cost reduction. We enable our clients to formulate strategy, improve operational clinical and financial performance, enhance patient outcomes, manage risk, and increase transparency. Our platform combines deep healthcare domain expertise, a vast collection of healthcare data and cloud‑based technology to create market‑leading analytics solutions and highly specialized services, transforming large quantities of complex data into actionable insights. We provide our analytics solutions and service offerings across the full spectrum of healthcare constituents, including state and federal government agencies, hospitals, health systems, employers, health plans, life sciences companies and consumers.
Recent Developments

On February 17, 2016, International Business Machines Corporation (IBM), a New York corporation, Holdings LLC, The Veritas Capital Fund IV, L.P., The Veritas Capital Fund III, L.P., and CIPH Holdings LLC, entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which IBM agreed to purchase, for a total consideration of $2.6 billion, the sole outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Truven Holding (the "Stock Purchase"). The Stock Purchase Agreement contains various customary representations, warranties and covenants of each party and the

34



Acquired Companies. Each party has agreed to use its respective reasonable best efforts to take all actions to cause the Stock Purchase to be consummated, subject to certain exceptions. The closing of the Stock Purchase is subject to customary closing conditions. The Stock Purchase is not subject to a financing condition.
At the closing of the Stock Purchase, IBM will pay all indebtedness for money borrowed of the Company that is required to be paid.
On February 18, 2016, Truven also notified the trustee for the Notes of Truven's optional election to redeem the $367.2 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding, which redemption is conditioned on the occurrence of the closing of the Stock Purchase, and instructed the trustee to provide notice of such optional redemption to the holders of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
On March 15, 2016, Truven delivered to the trustee of the Notes a revised notice of Truven’s optional election to redeem the $367.2 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding, which superseded the notice of redemption delivered on February 18, 2016, and instructed the trustee to provide the revised notice of such optional redemption to the holders of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.  Truven’s optional redemption remains conditioned on the occurrence of the closing of the Stock Purchase. Truven expects the satisfaction and discharge of the Notes to occur on the anticipated closing date of the Stock Purchase, in accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement.
Either party may terminate the Stock Purchase Agreement, subject to certain terms and conditions, if the Stock Purchase is not completed on or before May 17, 2016, unless extended by either party for an additional 30 days in certain circumstances.
The Prior Acquisition
On April 23, 2012, Truven Holding, entered into the Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement with TRUSI and Thomson Reuters Global Resources, both affiliates of Thomson Reuters, which VCPH Holding Corp. assigned to Wolverine on May 24, 2012. Pursuant to the Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement, on June 6, 2012, Wolverine acquired 100% of the equity interests of TRHI and certain other assets and liabilities of the Thomson Reuters Healthcare business. Upon the closing of the Prior Acquisition, Wolverine merged with and into TRHI, with TRHI surviving the Merger as a direct wholly owned subsidiary of VCPH Holding Corp., and subsequently changed its name to Truven Health Analytics Inc. Following the Merger, the assets and liabilities acquired are now held by Truven (formerly TRHI), which remains a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Truven Holding. Truven Holding was formed on April 20, 2012 for the purpose of consummating the Prior Acquisition. We financed the Prior Acquisition and paid related costs and expenses associated with the Prior Acquisition and the financing as follows: (i) approximately $464.4 million in common equity was contributed by entities affiliated with the Sponsor and certain co-investors, (ii) $527.6 million principal amount was borrowed under the Term Loan Facility and (iii) $327.1 million principal amount of 10.625% Senior Notes, Series A (‘‘the Old Notes’’) were issued in a private offering under the Indenture.



Our segments
The determination of reportable segments was based on the discrete financial information provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (the "CODM"). The Chief Executive Officer has the authority for resource allocation and assessment of the Company’s performance and is, therefore, the CODM. The Company’s segment structure enables us to more effectively focus on business and market facing opportunities and to simplify our business decision-making process. The Company's reportable segments are as indicated below:
Commercial
Our Commercial segment provides analytics solutions and services to improve the cost, quality and effectiveness of healthcare for commercial organizations across the healthcare industry including, for example, providers, integrated delivery networks, insurers, professional services organizations, healthcare exchanges, corporations and life sciences companies.

35



 Government
Our Government segment provides integrated analytics solutions and services to improve the cost, quality and effectiveness of healthcare for federal and state government channels including, for example, CMS and state Medicaid agencies and federally owned and operated healthcare facilities. Our sales and client services are tailored to meet the specific procurement, sales and support requirements of the government market.

Center/shared services consist of items that are not directly attributable to reportable segments, such as corporate administrative costs and elimination of intercompany transactions. Additionally, corporate expenses may include other non‑recurring or non‑operational activity that the CODM excludes in assessing operating segment performance. These expenses, along with depreciation and amortization, other operating income/expense and other non‑operating activity such as interest expense/income, are not considered in the measure of the segments’ operating performance, but are shown herein as reconciling items to our consolidated loss before income taxes.

The accounting policies for the reportable segments are the same as those for the consolidated Company. Our operations and customers are based primarily in the United States.

2014 Acquisitions
Simpler Acquisition
On April 11, 2014, we acquired Simpler. Simpler provides "Lean" enterprise transformation consulting services. This strategic acquisition combines the Company's market-leading cost and quality analytics in the Commercial segment with Simpler's performance management consulting capabilities to deliver performance improvement solutions to healthcare and commercial customers. We acquired all of the outstanding equity of Simpler for a purchase price of $81.1 million, including a working capital adjustment of $1.1 million, and the issuance of equity interests by Holdings LLC, the direct parent of the Company, of $3.7 million to Simpler (the "Simpler Transaction"). The related acquisition costs amounted to $3.6 million. We financed the Simpler Transaction and related costs and expenses through an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans under the Senior Credit Facility (the “Tranche B Term Loans”). We did not assume any indebtedness in connection with the Simpler Transaction.
JWA Acquisition
On October 31, 2014, we acquired JWA, a company that provides "Lean" healthcare consulting services. We acquired all of the outstanding equity of JWA for a cash purchase price of $15.3 million, including a $1.2 million working capital adjustment and $0.1 million holdback payment (the "JWA Transaction"). Truven also agreed to pay $1.9 million in three annual payments to a former major shareholder of JWA who became Truven's employee, as long as the former major shareholder remained with Truven for the next three years. The related acquisition costs amounted to $0.6 million. We did not assume any indebtedness in connection with the JWA Transaction. We financed the JWA Transaction and related costs and expenses using proceeds from the issuance of our Notes.

HBE Acquisition
On November 12, 2014, we acquired HBE, a leading provider of stakeholder information that is essential for life sciences companies to gain drug approval, reimbursement, and adoption, for a cash purchase price of $17.2 million, including negative working capital adjustment of $2.8 million. The related acquisition costs amounted to $1.2 million. We financed the acquisition and related costs and expenses through the issuance of the Additional Notes. We did not assume any indebtedness in connection with the HBE acquisition.
In accordance with the acquisition method of accounting, following the date of each of the foregoing acquisitions, we, with the assistance of a third‑party valuation firm, have estimated the fair values of acquired assets and assumed liabilities based on the actual tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities that existed at the date of the acquisitions. These fair values are preliminary and were reflected on our balance sheet on the date of the acquisitions. In this process, we applied certain assumptions as inputs to the valuation calculations. These assumptions represent our best estimates based on historic performance of the respective reporting segments, trends within the market place and our consideration of the potential impact of political, economic and social factors that are considered beyond our control. Significant assumptions included within our discounted cash flow valuation include revenue growth rates, operating profit margins, implied rate of return used and terminal growth rates. Our results of operations, financial position and cash flows are impacted by the effects of the acquisitions, which were financed primarily through borrowings, including transaction‑related costs, debt commitment fees and recurring interest costs.


36



Deferred Revenue; Fair Value Adjustments

Our revenues are derived from the sale of subscription data, and analytics solutions and services. Our revenues from the sale of subscription data and analytics solutions are typically billed annually in advance and recognized on a straight‑line basis over the contract term, which is typically one to three years. As a result, cash collections from customers for subscription data and analytic solutions can be greater than the revenue recognized (which only correspond to those revenues associated with services already rendered). In cases of billings in advance or advanced receipt of payments from customers, we record deferred revenue, a liability that is reduced as revenue is recognized. Our revenues from services are invoiced according to the terms of the contract, typically in arrears (after the corresponding services have been rendered), and recognized over the term of the contract. Contracts for services vary in length from a few months to several years. The carrying value of our deferred revenue as of June 6, 2012 totaled $138.7 million. Following the completion of the Prior Acquisition, we determined, with the assistance of a third‑party valuation firm, that the fair value of our deferred revenue should be adjusted to $80.2 million. As a result, deferred revenue on certain contracts of $58.5 million was written off, which negatively impacted our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 by $1.3 million, $3.2 million and $8.8 million, respectively.

Following the acquisitions of Simpler, HBE and JWA during 2014, the carrying values of deferred revenues from acquired companies totaled $11.7 million and with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm, it was determined that the fair value of the deferred revenue should be adjusted to $4.8 million. As a result, deferred revenue on certain contracts of $6.9 million was written off, which negatively impacted our revenue for the periods ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 by $4.0 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

The write‑offs will have a future aggregate negative impact of $1.8 million in future periods.

Results of Operations

The following section provides a comparative discussion of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.
The results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated and combined financial statements and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Factors that relate primarily to a specific business segment are discussed in more detail within that business segment.


Year ended December 31, 2015 compared to Year ended December 31, 2014
The following table summarizes our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated:

37



(Dollars in thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2015
 
% of revenue
 
Year ended December 31, 2014
 
% of revenue
 
Change
 
% change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues, net(a)
$
610,715

 
100
 %
 
$
544,475

 
100
 %
 
$
66,240

 
12
 %
Operating costs and expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization(b)
(329,250
)
 
(54
)%
 
(292,999
)
 
(54
)%
 
(36,251
)
 
12
 %
Selling and marketing, excluding depreciation and amortization(c)
(70,205
)
 
(11
)%
 
(57,413
)
 
(11
)%
 
(12,792
)
 
22
 %
General and administrative, excluding depreciation and amortization(d)
(65,155
)
 
(11
)%
 
(55,937
)
 
(10
)%
 
(9,218
)
 
16
 %
Depreciation (e)
(21,197
)
 
(3
)%
 
(22,350
)
 
(4
)%
 
1,153

 
(5
)%
Amortization of developed technology and content (f)
(43,821
)
 
(7
)%
 
(38,752
)
 
(7
)%
 
(5,069
)
 
13
 %
Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets (g)
(48,769
)
 
(8
)%
 
(45,402
)
 
(8
)%
 
(3,367
)
 
7
 %
Other operating expenses (h)
(30,874
)
 
(5
)%
 
(20,784
)
 
(4
)%
 
(10,090
)
 
49
 %
Total operating costs and expenses
(609,271
)
 
(100
)%
 
(533,637
)
 
(98
)%
 
(75,634
)
 
14
 %
Operating income
1,444

 
 %
 
10,838

 
2
 %
 
(9,394
)
 
(87
)%
Net interest expense (i)
(74,219
)
 
(12
)%
 
(69,616
)
 
(13
)%
 
(4,603
)
 
7
 %
Other finance costs
(1,805
)
 
 %
 
(930
)
 
 %
 
(875
)
 
94
 %
Loss before income taxes
(74,580
)
 
(12
)%
 
(59,708
)
 
(11
)%
 
(14,872
)
 
25
 %
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
(886
)
 
 %
 
22,686

 
4
 %
 
(23,572
)
 
(104
)%
Net loss
$
(75,466
)
 
(12
)%
 
$
(37,022
)
 
(7
)%
 
$
(38,444
)
 
104
 %
(a)
Includes (i) subscription revenues from sales of products and services that are delivered under a contract over a period of time, which are recognized on a straight line basis over the term of the subscription, (ii) revenues from implementation and hosting arrangement that comprised: (1) the design, production, testing and installation of the customer's database (implementation phase); and (2) the provision of ongoing data management and support services in conjunction with the licensed data and subscription of software data or application (on-going service phase, hosting or subscription).
(b)
Includes all personnel and other costs attributable to a revenue stream, including but not limited to, client support, client operations, product management, royalties, allocation of technology support costs relating to market data and professional service costs.
(c)
Includes all personnel and other costs related to sales and marketing, including but not limited to, sales and marketing staff, commissions and marketing events.
(d)
Includes all personnel and other costs related to general administration as well as costs shared across the organization, including but not limited to technology, finance and strategy.
(e)
Includes depreciation of computer hardware, furniture, fixture and equipments, and leasehold improvements
(f)
Includes amortization of developed technology and contents used internally and capitalized once a project has progressed beyond a conceptual, preliminary stage to that of application development stage. Costs that qualify for capitalization include both internal and external costs, but are limited to those that are directly related to a specific project.
(g)
Includes amortization of definite‑lived trade names and acquired customer relationship assets.
(h)
Other operating expenses in 2015 includes various professional fees related to business integration and process improvements related to sales force, order to cash and various infrastructure and system process enhancements, asset write-offs, accrual for legal settlements, lease termination expense and Sponsor fees. Other operating expenses in 2014 includes professional fees related to the acquisition of Simpler, HBE and JWA in 2014, certain costs related to business improvement processes, and certain costs associated with data migration, asset write‑offs, losses on discontinued projects and Sponsor fees. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
(i)
Interest earned or paid related to third party transactions.

38




Discussion of Year ended December 31, 2015 compared to Year ended December 31, 2014
Revenues, net
Our net revenues were $610.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $544.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $66.2 million or 12%. The increase was primarily due to the $52.5 million increase in revenue from our Commercial segment and $15.0 million increase in revenue from our Government segment. The increase in our Commercial segment was primarily due to the $51.9 million of incremental revenue due to the full year of operations in 2015 of the businesses acquired in 2014 and a $4.5 million increase from our analytic solution services for life science customers due to higher demand in outcome research and strategic consulting, offset by a $3.9 million decline in demand in our planning solutions for hospitals and employer and health plans. The increase in our Government segment was primarily due to new contract revenue from our Federal and State channels of $5.9 million and $7.7 million, respectively. The Federal revenue increase mostly relates to the expansion of existing contracts while State revenue increase was mainly due to new contracts.
The total impact of deferred revenue adjustment for both our Commercial and Government segments in connection with the Prior Acquisition and acquisitions of businesses in 2014 amounted to $5.3 million in 2015 compared to $4.5 million in 2014.
For a more detailed explanation of the variations in revenue for each of our segments, see the individual segment discussions below.
Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization
Our cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization, was $329.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $293.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $36.3 million, or 12%. The increase was mainly due to $25.9 million incremental cost of revenues from the full year of operations in 2015 of the businesses acquired in 2014. The remaining increase was a function of higher overall cost of revenue corresponding to the higher revenue derived mainly from our Government segment.
Selling and marketing expense, excluding depreciation and amortization
Our selling and marketing expense, excluding depreciation and amortization, was $70.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $57.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $12.8 million, or 22%. The increase was primarily due to $9.4 million of incremental selling and marketing expenses due to the full year of operations in 2015 of the businesses acquired in 2014. The remaining increase was due to sales commission and other marketing expenses due to the increase in new sales and various initiatives to increase sales.
General and administrative expense, excluding depreciation and amortization
Our general and administrative expense, excluding depreciation and amortization, was $65.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $55.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $9.2 million, or 16%. The increase was primarily due to $7.2 million of incremental general and administrative expenses due to the full year of operations in 2015 of the businesses acquired in 2014. The remaining increase relates mainly to incremental salaries and wages expense which increased as a result of the further growth of the Company’s accounting, internal audit, procurement, and human resource departments, as well as from the additional hiring of senior executive management in operations.
Depreciation and amortization
Our depreciation and amortization expense was $113.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $106.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $7.3 million or 7%. This increase was primarily due to a $5.1 million increase in amortization due to the certain new developed technology and content that were placed

39



in service during the year and a $3.4 million increase in amortization of other intangible assets mainly from acquired businesses in 2014. These were offset in part by a decrease in depreciation of other properties due to certain assets which became fully depreciated.
Other operating expenses
Our other operating expense was $30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $20.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $10.1 million or 49%. The increase was mainly due to a $5.4 million increase in acquisition-related cost and expenses incurred to integrate the acquired businesses and process improvements, $2.5 million lease termination expense which represents the estimated liability for costs that we will continue to incur under a non-cancelable lease contract that was terminated on December of 2015, $1.4 million of accruals to a settlement of a legal case in the normal course of business, $1.3 million increase in write-off of a prepaid revenue share arrangement with a supplier that will not be recovered. These increases were offset by a $0.5 million decrease in severance expense.
Operating income
Our operating income was $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to an operating income of $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of $9.4 million or 87%, from 2014. The decrease was primarily due to a $66.2 million increase in revenue while total operating expense increased by $75.6 million, each as discussed above.
Net interest expense
Our net interest expense was $74.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $69.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $4.6 million, or 7%. The increase was primarily due to the incurrence of $140.0 million of additional debt used to finance the acquisitions in 2014.

Other finance costs

Increase in other finance costs was due to the increase in international operations mainly from the acquired businesses in 2014. Other finance costs also included other bank charges and fees.

Benefit from ( Provision for) income taxes

Our income tax provision was $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to income tax benefit of $22.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease in income tax benefit of $23.6 million or 104%. Income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2015 at an effective tax rate of (1.2%) is different from the amount derived by applying the federal statutory tax rate of 35%, mainly due to the impact of certain state taxes and tax credits partially offset by non-deductible expenses and a valuation allowance recorded against the Company's net deferred tax asset as it is not more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset will be realized. Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2014 at an effective tax rate of 38.0% is different from the amount derived by applying the federal statutory tax rate of 35%, mainly due to the impact of certain state taxes and tax credits partially offset by non-deductible expenses.

Segment discussion
The following table summarizes our segment information for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:


40



(Dollars in thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2015
 
% of revenue
Year ended December 31, 2014
 
% of revenue
 
Change
 
% change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
$
499,041

 
100
%
$
446,500

 
100
%
 
$
52,541

 
12
%
Segment operating income
166,140

 
33
%
156,900

 
35
%
 
9,240

 
6
%
Government
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Revenues
113,247

 
100
%
98,282

 
100
%
 
14,965

 
15
%
Segment operating income
$
8,519

 
8
%
$
7,043

 
7
%
 
$
1,476

 
21
%

Commercial segment

Revenues

Our Commercial segment revenue was $499.0 million for 2015 as compared to $446.5 million for 2014, an increase of $52.5 million or 12%. The increase was primarily due to the $51.9 million of incremental revenue due to the full year of operations in 2015 of the businesses acquired in 2014 and a $4.5 million increase from our analytic solution services for life science customers due to higher demand in outcome research and strategic consulting. These increases were offset by a $3.9 million decline in demand in our planning solutions for hospitals and employer and health plans.

Operating income

Our Commercial segment operating income was $166.1 million for 2015 as compared to $156.9 million for 2014, an increase of $9.2 million or 6%. This increase was partially due to the $9.4 million of incremental operating income from the acquired business as discussed above.

Government segment

Revenues

Our Government segment revenue was $113.2 million for 2015 as compared to $98.3 million for 2014, an increase of $15.0 million or 15%. The increase was primarily due to new contract revenue from our Federal and State channels of $5.9 million and $7.7 million, respectively. The Federal revenue increase mostly relates to the expansion of existing contracts while State revenue increase was mainly due to new contracts.

Operating income

Our Government segment operating income was $8.5 million for 2015 as compared to $7.0 million for 2014, an increase in operating income of $1.5 million or 21%. The increase in operating income mostly relates to the revenue related to a new large contract and expansion of existing contracts discussed above.
 


41




Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to Year ended December 31, 2013
The following table summarizes our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated:
(Dollars in thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2014
 
% of revenue
 
Year ended December 31, 2013
 
% of revenue
 
Change
 
% change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues, net(a)
$
544,475

 
100
 %
 
$
492,702

 
100
 %
 
$
51,773

 
11
 %
Operating costs and expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization(b)
(292,999
)
 
(54
)%
 
(265,541
)
 
(54
)%
 
(27,458
)
 
10
 %
Selling and marketing, excluding depreciation and amortization(c)
(57,413
)
 
(11
)%
 
(56,157
)
 
(11
)%
 
(1,256
)
 
2
 %
General and administrative, excluding depreciation and amortization(d)
(55,937
)
 
(10
)%
 
(41,042
)
 
(8
)%
 
(14,895
)
 
36
 %
Depreciation (e)
(22,350
)
 
(4
)%
 
(21,219
)
 
(4
)%
 
(1,131
)
 
5
 %
Amortization of developed technology and content (f)
(38,752
)
 
(7
)%
 
(31,894
)
 
(6
)%
 
(6,858
)
 
22
 %
Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets (g)
(45,402
)
 
(8
)%
 
(34,460
)
 
(7
)%
 
(10,942
)
 
32
 %
Goodwill impairment (h)

 
 %
 
(366,662
)
 
(74
)%
 
366,662

 
(100
)%
Other operating expenses (i)
(20,784
)
 
(4
)%
 
(35,038
)
 
(7
)%
 
14,254

 
(41
)%
Total operating costs and expenses
(533,637
)
 
(98
)%
 
(852,013
)
 
(173
)%
 
318,376

 
(37
)%
Operating income (loss)
10,838

 
2
 %
 
(359,311
)
 
(73
)%
 
370,149

 
(103
)%
Net interest expense (j)
(69,616
)
 
(13
)%
 
(70,581
)
 
(14
)%
 
965

 
(1
)%
Other finance costs
(930
)
 
 %
 
(24
)
 
 %
 
(906
)
 
n.m.

Loss before income taxes
(59,708
)
 
(11
)%
 
(429,916
)
 
(87
)%
 
370,208

 
(86
)%
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
22,686

 
4
 %
 
84,927

 
17
 %
 
(62,241
)
 
(73
)%
Net loss
$
(37,022
)
 
(7
)%
 
$
(344,989
)
 
(70
)%
 
$
307,967

 
(89
)%
(a)
Includes (i) subscription revenues from sales of products and services that are delivered under a contract over a period of time, which are recognized on a straight line basis over the term of the subscription, (ii) revenues from implementation and hosting arrangement that comprised: (1) the design, production, testing and installation of the customer's database (implementation phase); and (2) the provision of ongoing data management and support services in conjunction with the licensed data and subscription of software data or application (on-going service phase, hosting or subscription).
(b)
Includes all personnel and other costs attributable to a revenue stream, including but not limited to, client support, client operations, product management, royalties, allocation of technology support costs relating to market data and professional service costs.
(c)
Includes all personnel and other costs related to sales and marketing, including but not limited to, sales and marketing staff, commissions and marketing events.
(d)
Includes all personnel and other costs related to general administration as well as costs shared across the organization, including but not limited to technology, finance and strategy.
(e)
Includes depreciation of computer hardware, furniture, fixture and equipments, and leasehold improvements
(f)
Includes amortization of developed technology and contents used internally and capitalized once a project has progressed beyond a conceptual, preliminary stage to that of application development stage. Costs that qualify for capitalization include both internal and external costs, but are limited to those that are directly related to a specific project.
(g)
Includes amortization of definite‑lived trade names and acquired customer relationship assets.

42



(h)
On November 1, 2013, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test and determined that the carrying value of all our reporting units exceeded our fair value due to lower‑than‑expected growth in revenue and cash flow in fiscal year 2013 resulting from certain selling cycle delays, particularly in the government sector, uncertainty in the healthcare sector related to the PPACA, higher‑than‑expected costs due to significant investments in technology infrastructure, as well as an increase in the discount rate used in the discounted cash flow analysis as compared to the rate used in the prior year’s analysis. As a result, we recorded an aggregate non‑cash goodwill impairment charge of $366.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2013.
(i)
Other operating expenses in 2014 includes professional fees related to the acquisitions of Simpler, HBE and JWA , certain costs related to business improvement processes, and certain costs associated with data migration, asset write‑offs, losses on discontinued projects and Sponsor fees. Other operating expenses in 2013 includes direct costs related to the Prior Acquisition in 2012 as well as costs incurred related to technology and other costs in connection with our transition to a standalone business. These costs include nonrecurring expenses associated with data center migration and separating infrastructure from Thomson Reuters, costs related to the transitional service agreement with Thomson Reuters and related to rebranding, consulting, professional fees and Sponsor fees. Refer to Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
(j)
Interest earned or paid related to third party transactions.

Discussion of Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to Year ended December 31, 2013
Revenues, net
Our net revenues were $544.5 million  for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $492.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $51.8 million or 11%. The increase was primarily due to the $51.6 million increase in revenue from our Commercial segment and $0.5 million increase in revenue from our Government segment. The increase in revenue from our Commercial segment was primarily due to revenues from our acquired businesses in 2014 of $38.3 million, $8.7 million increase in revenue due to new sales from customers and incremental fees from our employer and health plan, life sciences and provider solutions services and $4.6 million decrease in deferred revenue adjustment in connection with the Prior Acquisition. The slight increase in Government was due to the increase in work in federal government projects despite lower implementation project revenue from state government projects due to timing.
The total impact of deferred revenue adjustment for both our Commercial and Government segments in connection with the Prior Acquisition and acquisitions during 2014 amounted to $4.5 million in 2014 compared to $8.8 million in 2013.
For a more detailed explanation of the variations in revenues for each of our segments, see the individual segment discussions below.
Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization
Our cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization, was $293.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $265.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $27.5 million, or 10%. The increase was mainly due to cost of revenues from the operations of our acquired businesses in 2014 of $18.9 million. We also had an increase of $6.1 million in employee cost related to increase in headcount and reduction of certain benefits in 2013 and remaining increase is due to the higher maintenance costs of developed technology and content upon completion of our transition to a standalone business and higher costs in our Government segment due to initiatives to improve revenue in the federal and state agencies.
Selling and marketing expense, excluding depreciation and amortization
Our selling and marketing expense, excluding depreciation and amortization, was $57.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $56.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $1.3 million, or 2%, which are mainly due to selling and marketing expenses attributable to our acquired businesses in 2014.

43




General and administrative expense, excluding depreciation and amortization
Our general and administrative expense, excluding depreciation and amortization, was $55.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $41.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $14.9 million, or 36%. The increase was primarily due to $12.0 million of additional general and administrative expenses attributable to our acquired businesses in 2014. The remaining increase relates to incremental salaries and wages expense and consulting fees increased to build the accounting, internal audit, procurement, and human resource departments, as well as from the additional hiring of senior executive management in operations.
Depreciation and amortization
Our depreciation and amortization expense was $106.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $87.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $18.9 million or 22%. This increase was primarily due to the overall impact of new computer hardware and other property, and developed technology and content related to the new data center and new information system infrastructure that were placed in service in late 2013 and the $10.9 million incremental amortization of intangible assets from the acquired businesses in 2014.
Other operating expenses
Our other operating expense was $20.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $35.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $14.3 million or 41%. This decrease was primarily due to higher acquisition related expenses incurred in 2013. In 2014, other operating expenses include $10.7 million of Acquisition related costs and nonrecurring expenses, consisting of professional fees directly related to the acquisitions of Simpler, HBE and JWA, business integration and improvement processes, loss on discontinued projects, and costs associated with data migration, $2.5 million of severance, $4.7 million of asset write offs and $2.9 million of Sponsor advisory fees. In 2013, other operating expenses included $27.0 million of acquisition related costs, consisting of expenses incurred mainly related to data migration and the separation of our IT infrastructure from our Predecessor Parent and costs related to the Transitional Services Agreement with Thomson Reuters, $3.8 million of severance and retention bonuses, $1.3 million of asset write-offs and $2.9 million of Sponsor advisory fees.
Goodwill impairment
The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of 2013 and concluded that the Company's goodwill on each of its three reporting units is impaired because the carrying value of all the reporting units exceeded its fair values due to lower-than-expected growth in revenue and cash flow in fiscal year 2013 resulting from certain selling cycle delays, particularly in the Government sector, uncertainty in the healthcare sector related to the PPACA, higher-than-expected costs due to significant investments in technology infrastructure, as well as an increase in the discount rate used in the discounted cash flow analysis as compared to the rate used in the prior year’s analysis. Accordingly, the Company recorded a total of $366.7 million of non-cash goodwill impairment charge in the fourth quarter of 2013.

Operating income (loss)
Our operating income was $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to an operating loss of $359.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $370.1 million or 103%, from 2013. The increase was primarily due to the goodwill impairment in 2013. As discussed above, revenue increased by $51.8 million while total operating expenses decreased by $318.4 million.
Net interest expense
Our net interest expense was $69.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $70.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $1.0 million, or 1%. The slight decrease was mainly due to a $3.3

44



million loss on early extinguishment of debt as a result of refinancing the Term Loan Facility in April 2013 that effectively reduced the interest rate on the Term Loan Facility by 1.25%, offset by an increase in interest expense due to the increase of $100 million in the term loan partly to finance the acquisition of Simpler in April 2014 and an increase of $40 million in Additional Notes to finance the acquisitions of HBE and JWA.

Other finance costs

Other finance costs mainly represents foreign exchange gains/losses from our international operations. Also included in other finance costs are bank charges and fees.

Benefit from income taxes

Our income tax benefit was $22.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to a benefit of $84.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $62.2 million or 73%. Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2014 at an effective tax rate of 38.0% is different from the amount derived by applying the federal statutory tax rate of 35%, mainly due to the impact of certain state taxes and tax credits partially offset by non-deductible expenses and a valuation allowance recorded against the Company's net deferred tax asset as it is not more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset will be realized. Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2013, at an effective tax rate of 19.7% respectively, is different from the amount derived by applying the federal statutory tax rate of 35%, mainly due to the impact of certain state taxes, non-deductible goodwill impairment charge and foreign rate differential.

Segment discussion
The following table summarizes our segment information for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

(Dollars in thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2014
 
% of revenue
Year ended December 31, 2013
 
% of revenue
 
Change
 
% change
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
$
446,500

 
100
%
$
394,896

 
100
%
 
$
51,604

 
13
 %
Segment operating income
156,900

 
35
%
140,173

 
35
%
 
16,727

 
12
 %
Government
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Revenues
98,282

 
100
%
97,806

 
100
%
 
476

 
 %
Segment operating income
$
7,043

 
7
%
$
11,053

 
11
%
 
$
(4,010
)
 
(36
)%

Commercial segment

Revenues

Our Commercial segment revenue was $446.5 million for 2014 as compared to $394.9 million for 2013, an increase of $51.6 million or 13%. The increase was primarily due to the $38.3 million of revenue from operations of newly acquired businesses (net of deferred revenue adjustment of $2.9 million), a $5.8 million decrease in deferred revenue adjustment in connection with the Prior Acquisition ($1.4 million in 2014 compared to $7.2 million in 2013), a $9.4 million increase from new sales from customers, and $2.2 million of higher renewal and incremental fees on certain contracts compared to prior year. These revenues were partially offset by lower revenues due to certain delays in a customer’s decision making on benefits strategy affected by the PPACA.

Operating income

Our Commercial segment operating income was $156.9 million for 2014 as compared to $140.2 million for 2013, an increase of $16.7 million or 12%. The increase was mainly due to the increase in revenue discussed above and decrease

45



in the deferred revenue adjustment which was partially offset by higher maintenance costs of developed technology and content, telecommunications costs and other revenue related costs upon completion of our transition to a standalone company, as well as the increase in administrative costs to maintain our international branches established in mid-2013. Operating income from operations of newly acquired businesses amounted to $5.8 million.

Government segment

Revenues

Our Government segment revenue was $98.3 million for 2014 as compared to $97.8 million for 2013, an increase of $0.5 million. The increase was due to an increase of work in certain projects in our federal government channel of $5.1 million, partially offset by $4.3 million of lower implementation project revenues from the state government channel due to the timing of the projects. In addition, the revenue was further decreased by the deferred revenue adjustment ($1.9 million in 2014 compared to $1.6 million in 2013) in connection with the Prior Acquisition.

Operating income

Our Government segment operating income was $7.0 million for 2014 as compared to $11.1 million for 2013, a decrease in operating income of $4.0 million or 36%. The decrease was mainly due to the higher costs of operations upon completion of our transition to a standalone company and due to higher costs of the Company's initiatives to improve sales in the federal and state government channels, such as Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services and state Medicaid agencies, as well as federally owned and operated healthcare facilities.
 
 

Non-GAAP Measures

Adjusted EBITDA Calculation
EBITDA is defined as net income before net interest (expense) income, provision for income taxes, and depreciation and amortization, and is used by management to measure the overall operating performance of the business at a consolidated and combined level. We also use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a measure to calculate certain financial covenants related to the Senior Credit Facility and as a factor in our tangible and intangible asset impairment testing. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated by adding to or subtracting from EBITDA items of expense and income as described below.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are supplemental measures of our overall performance and our ability to service debt that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income or other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP, or as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as measures of our liquidity. In addition, our measurements of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Management believes that the presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and the ratios using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA included in this report provide useful information to investors regarding our results of operations because they assist in analyzing and benchmarking the performance and value of our business.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider such measures either in isolation or as substitutes for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

46



EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect historical cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect pension and post-retirement obligations;
Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
Other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.
Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the growth of our business or as a measure of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations.

The following table is a reconciliation of our net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

 
Year ended December 31,
Year ended December 31,
Year ended December 31,
(Dollar in thousands)
2015
2014
2013
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(75,466
)
$
(37,022
)
$
(344,989
)
Provision for (benefit from) income tax
886

(22,686
)
(84,927
)
Net interest expense
74,219

69,616

70,581

Depreciation
21,197

22,350

21,219

Amortization of developed technology and content
43,821

38,752

31,894

Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets
48,769

45,402

34,460

EBITDA
113,426

116,412

(271,762
)
Acquisition related and other transition related costs(1)
22,018

13,203

30,815

     Non-cash stock compensation expense
814

1,271

1,457

Deferred revenue adjustments(2)
5,373

6,028

8,758

     Goodwill impairment(3)


366,662

     Asset write-offs(4)
6,000

4,706

1,856

Other(5)
2,856

2,875

2,929

Adjusted EBITDA
$
150,487

$
144,495

$
140,715

(1)
Acquisition-related costs and other transaction related costs in 2015 mainly represent costs including professional fees related to business integration and process improvements related to sales force, order to cash and various infrastructure and system process enhancements. Acquisition-related costs and other transaction related in 2014 and 2013 includes acquisition costs of businesses acquired in 2014 and of the Prior Acquisition, retention incentives to key employees related to the Prior Acquisition and costs incurred upon completion of our transition to a standalone company including integration costs from our acquired businesses. See Notes 3 and 14 to the consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
(2)
Amount of the reduction in deferred revenue as a result of the Prior Acquisition and acquisitions of businesses in 2014 that negatively impacted our revenue. We wrote down the value of our deferred revenue at acquisition dates based on a valuation analysis.
(3) Goodwill impairment loss on all reporting units. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
(4)
Represents the write-off of a prepaid revenue share with a supplier. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
(5)
Represents Sponsor advisory fees in connection with the Prior Acquisition.

47



Liquidity and Capital Resources
Cash flows
The following table summarizes our cash activities:
 
Years ended December 31,
(In thousands)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
$
53,524

 
$
45,217

 
$
(1,365
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(49,109
)
 
(142,067
)
 
(43,785
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
(2,587
)
 
99,338

 
31,765

Operating activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $53.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015,which was primarily due to a net loss of $75.5 million adjusted by non‑cash items of $126.8 million. This was impacted by a net cash increase from working capital by $2.2 million, primarily from timing of the vendor payments.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $45.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, which was primarily due to a net loss of $37.0 million adjusted by non‑cash items of $95.4 million. This was offset by net cash used from working capital by $13.2 million, primarily related to a $9.3 million increase in prepayments on various maintenance contracts and timing of customer and vendor payments.
Net cash used from operating activities was $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, which was primarily due to a net loss of $345.0 million adjusted by non‑cash items of $379.1 million. This was offset by net cash used from working capital by $35.5 million, primarily related to a $40.4 million decrease in accounts payable due to the timing of payments from various vendors as a result of disentanglement costs in 2013; and a $5.7 million increase in prepayments mainly due to various maintenance contracts as we transition to a standalone company. These were offset by the timing of customer receipts due to improved efforts in collection.

Investing activities
Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 of $49.1 million consisted of $0.4 million of cash used in 2015 related to the net final working capital adjustments relating to the 2014 acquisitions and $48.7 million of capital expenditures related to computer hardware and developed technology and content in the normal course of business.
Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 of $142.1 million consisted of $109.4 million of cash used to pay the purchase price of the Simpler, HBE and JWA acquisitions and $32.7 million of capital expenditures related to computer hardware and developed technology and content in the normal course of business.
Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $43.8 million primarily consisted of $43.5 million in capital expenditures related to a new data center, IT infrastructure and developed technology and content and $0.3 million of notes receivable from Holdings LLC.

Financing activities
Cash used by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $2.6 million. This amount consisted of $5.0 million of net borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility, a $6.4 million principal repayment of the Senior Term Loan Facility, $0.5 million of debt issuance costs and a $0.7 million principal payment of capital lease obligation.

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $99.3 million. This amount consisted of $141.2 million of aggregate proceeds from borrowing under the Senior Term Loan Facility and the issuance of

48



Additional Note used to partly finance the business acquisitions during 2014, offset in part by a $30.0 million net payment on the Revolving Credit Facility loan, a $6.1 million principal repayment of the Senior Term Loan Facility, $4.1 million of debt issuance costs and a $1.7 million principal payment of capital lease obligation.
Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $31.8 million. This amount consisted of a $30.0 million Revolving Credit Facility loan drawn for working capital requirements, $2.4 million of additional capital contribution from the Parent and net proceeds of $11.3 million from the April 2013 refinancing, partially offset by $5.3 million of principal repayment of the Senior Term Loan Facility, $5.8 million of premium payment to lenders for the April 2013 Refinancing and $0.8 million principal payment of a capital lease obligation.
Liquidity and Capital Resources

We believe that our cash flows from operations and our existing available cash, together with our other available external financing sources, will be adequate to meet our future liquidity needs for the next year. Our principal liquidity needs will be to fund capital expenditures, provide working capital, meet debt service requirements and finance our strategic plans, including possible acquisitions. We expect to spend approximately $51 million on capital expenditures in 2016 (excluding acquisitions and related costs); however, actual capital expenditures may differ. For ongoing liquidity purposes, we primarily intend to utilize our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash generated from operations and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility.

Our cash position is impacted by our billings from on-going services and subscription contracts. Typically, a significant portion of the contract revenue is paid upfront and most contracts are renewed during the latter part of the fourth quarter. Many renewals are billed in December and January, which are normally collected in the first quarter of the following year. As such, we have historically experienced a low level of cash every third quarter of a calendar year, but that may vary depending on any new significant contracts driven by state government projects, concurrent with the start of the state government’s fiscal year.

As of December 31, 2015, we had outstanding revolver of $5.0 million and letters of credit of 7.5 million, which reduced the available line of credit to $37.5 million.

Indebtedness

As of December 31, 2015, our outstanding principal indebtedness was $990.7 million, consisting of 623.5 million from under the Term Loan Facility, $367.2 million under the Notes.
A discussion of our outstanding indebtedness as of December 31, 2015 is below:
Senior Credit Facility
The Senior Credit Facility, as amended on August 21, 2015 is with a syndicate of banks and other financial institutions and provides financing of up to $679.7 million, consisting of the $629.7 million Term Loan Facility, with a maturity date of June 6, 2019, and the $50.0 million Revolving Credit Facility with a maturity date of June 6, 2017. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had an outstanding revolver of $5.0 million and letters of credit of $7.5 million, which, while not drawn, reduce the available line of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility to $37.5 million.
Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility, other than swing line loans, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at Truven's option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (3) the one month Eurodollar rate plus 1.00%; provided, that the base rate for the Term Loan Facility at any time shall not be less than 2.25%, or (b) a Eurodollar rate adjusted for statutory reserve requirements for a one, two, three or six month period (or a nine or twelve month interest period if agreed to by all applicable lenders); provided that the Eurodollar base rate used to calculate the Eurodollar rate for the Term Loan Facility at any time shall not be less than 1.25%. Swing line loans will bear interest at the interest rate applicable to base rate loans, plus an applicable margin. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Credit Facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate equal to 0.50% (subject to

49



reduction upon attainment of certain leverage ratios). We will also pay customary letter of credit fees and certain other agency fees. Truven may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the Senior Credit Facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to adjusted LIBOR loans. We are required to repay $1.6 million of the Term Loan Facility quarterly, through March 31, 2019, with any remaining balance due June 6, 2019.
All obligations under the Senior Credit Facility are guaranteed by Truven Holding and each of Truven's existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. All obligations under the Senior Credit Facility and the guarantees of those obligations are collateralized by first priority security interests in substantially all of Truven's assets as well as those of each guarantor (subject to certain limited exceptions).
The Senior Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, Truven's ability, and the ability of each of any restricted subsidiaries, to: sell assets; incur additional indebtedness; prepay other indebtedness (including the Notes); pay dividends and distributions or repurchase its capital stock; create liens on assets; make investments; make certain acquisitions; engage in mergers or consolidations; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; amend certain charter documents and material agreements governing subordinated indebtedness; change the business conducted by it and its subsidiaries; and enter into agreements that restrict dividends from subsidiaries.
In addition, the Senior Credit Facility requires Truven to maintain a quarterly maximum consolidated senior secured leverage ratio in accordance with the debt covenants as long as the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility remain outstanding (subject to certain limited exceptions). The Senior Credit Facility also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default. As of December 31, 2015, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio and the maximum ratio at December 31, 2015 were 4.0 and 4.25, respectively, and we were in compliance with all the Senior Credit Facility covenants. The consolidated senior secured leverage ratio is the ratio of (i) consolidated senior secured term loan minus Unrestricted Cash to (ii) consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, as terms are defined in the Senior Credit Facility.

On October 3, 2012, we entered into the First Amendment to the Senior Credit Facility with a syndicate of banks and other financial institutions with no changes in the terms and conditions other than the reduction of the applicable margin by 1.00%.

On April 26, 2013, we entered into the Second Amendment to the Senior Credit Facility (referred to as the "April 2013 Refinancing") with a syndicate of banks and other financial institutions to (i) increase the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan Facility from $523.7 million to $535.0 million, (ii) reduce the applicable margin by 1.25%, (iii) with respect to the Term Loan Facility, determine the applicable margin in accordance with a pricing grid based on our consolidated total leverage ratio following delivery of financial statements at the end of each fiscal year or quarter, as applicable, after the second quarter of fiscal year 2013, (iv) revise the quarterly principal payments from $1,319.0 to $1,337.5 starting on June 30, 2013 and (v) extend the 1% repricing call protection from June 6, 2013 to October 26, 2013. There were no other changes to the terms and conditions.

On April 11, 2014, we entered into the Third Amendment (the "Third Amendment") to our Senior Credit Facility (the "Senior Credit Facility") for a $100.0 million increase in the Tranche B Term Loans, and increased the total amount available under the Senior Credit Facility to $679.7 million, consisting of a $629.7 million Term Loan Facility and a $50.0 million Revolving Credit Facility (which remained unchanged). The Company borrowed the entire $100.0 million principal amount of the Supplemental Tranche B Term Loans to finance the acquisition of Simpler, repay outstanding loans of $15.0 million in aggregate principal amount under its Revolving Credit Facility and pay fees and expenses relating to the acquisition of Simpler. Under the terms of the Third Amendment, the Company must repay the principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loans in twenty consecutive quarterly installments beginning on June 30, 2014 and continuing through March 31, 2019 in the amount of $1.6 million each, and a final installment on June 6, 2019 in the amount of $597.8 million. The terms and conditions that apply to the Supplemental Tranche B Term Loans under the Third Amendment are substantially the same as the terms and conditions that apply to the existing Tranche B Term Loans under the Senior Credit Facility.


50



The Third Amendment also amended the Senior Credit Facility to make certain adjustments to the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio applicable to the Company by increasing the maximum permitted ratios for certain periods from 2014 to 2016. During 2014, all domestic subsidiaries acquired by the Company became guarantors under the Senior Credit Facility.

On August 21, 2015, the Company entered into a Fourth Amendment that increased the applicable maximum Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio starting from the third quarter of 2015 through the maturity of the Credit Agreement. All the other terms under the Credit Agreement remained unchanged.

10.625% Senior Notes due 2020

Old Notes and Additional Notes

The Old Notes were issued on June 6, 2012, under an indenture (the "Indenture", as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, whereby Truven became a party to the Indenture as successor in interest to Wolverine, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, defined below), with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as trustee, bear interest at a rate of 10.625% per annum, payable on June 1 and December 1 of each year, and have a maturity date of June 1, 2020. The Additional Notes were issued pursuant to the Indenture, as supplemented by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 12, 2014 (the "Fifth Supplemental Indenture") by and among Truven, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The Additional Notes form a single series with the Old Notes and have the same terms as the Old Notes and rank equal in right of payments with the Old Notes.

The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of Truven, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis by Truven Holding and each of Truven’s existing and future wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries that is a borrower under or that guarantees the obligations under the Senior Credit Facility or any other indebtedness of Truven or any other guarantor.
Truven may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time prior to June 1, 2016 at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the applicable premium pursuant to the Indenture as of the applicable redemption date, plus accrued and unpaid interest and any additional interest to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. Truven may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time on or after June 1, 2016 at 105.313% of the principal amount thereof, declining ratably to 100% of the principal amount thereof on or after June 1, 2018, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest and any additional interest to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. If Truven experiences a change of control (as defined in the Indenture), it will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and any additional interest, to, but excluding, the date of purchase.

The Indenture contains covenants limiting Truven and its wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries with respect to other indebtedness, investments, liens, dividends, purchases or redemptions of stock, transactions with affiliates and mergers and sales of assets. The Indenture also contains covenants limiting the ability of wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries to guarantee payment of any indebtedness of Truven or any subsidiary guarantor and limiting the Company's business and operations. Following our series of acquisitions in 2014, all the domestic subsidiaries we acquired became guarantors of the Notes as a result of the guarantees of the Senior Credit Facility provided by such subsidiaries. The guarantees were entered into pursuant to the Third, Fourth and Sixth Supplemental Indentures. We were in compliance with all of these covenants as of December 31, 2015.

On June 5, 2013, we entered into the second supplemental indenture (the “Second Supplemental Indenture”), whereby the guarantee release provision in the Indenture, which allows guarantors to be released from their obligations under the Indenture upon the release or discharge of such guarantor’s guarantee of the Senior Credit Facility or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the guarantee under the Indenture (subject to certain limitations), was amended to apply only to subsidiary guarantors and not to Truven Holding.


51




Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2015:

 
Payments by period
(in thousands)
Total

Less than
1 year

1-3 years

3-5 years

After
5 years

Notes(1)   
$
367,150

$

$

$
367,150

$

Other long-term obligations(2)   
623,520

6,360

12,720

604,440


Interest on indebtedness(3)   
272,668

67,394

133,760

71,514


Operating lease obligations(4)  
52,170

7,119

15,955

14,355

14,741

Capital lease obligations(5)  
1,455

696

759



Total contractual obligation
$
1,316,963

$
81,569

$
163,194

$
1,057,459

$
14,741

(1)
Represents the principal amount of indebtedness on the Notes.
(2)
Represents the principal amount of indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facility.
(3)
Total interest payments consist of fixed and floating rate interest obligations and the cash flows associated with the Senior Credit Facility and the Notes. The interest rate on the floating rate Senior Credit Facility has been assumed to be 4.5%, the applicable rate during the month of December 2015. Interest on the Notes was 10.625%.
(4) Represents amounts due under existing contractual operating leases related to our offices and other facilities.
(5)
Represents capital lease payments including interest.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

As of December 31, 2015, other than the operating leases in the normal course of business, we had no other off-balance sheet arrangements or obligations.

52



Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” See “Risk Factors: Risks Related to Our Business. As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from some disclosure requirements.”
Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably chosen to forego this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards must continue for as long as we remain an emerging growth company.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which we had total annual gross revenues of $1.0 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three‑year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non‑convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed a “large accelerated issuer” as defined under the federal securities laws.


Critical Accounting Policies
Our critical accounting policies are those that we believe are most important to the presentation of our financial position and results and that require the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP with no need for the application of judgment. For more information, see Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. In certain circumstances, the preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to use our judgment to make certain estimates and assumptions. These estimates affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. We believe the assumptions and other considerations used to estimate amounts reflected in our consolidated financial statements are appropriate. However, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and other considerations used in estimating amounts reflected in the financial statements, the resulting changes could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. We believe the policies described below are our most critical accounting policies.
Accounting for Business Combinations
We account for business combinations, where the business is acquired from an unrelated third party, under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations, which requires the acquired assets, including separately identifiable intangible assets, and assumed liabilities to be recorded as of the acquisition date at their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets, including separately identifiable intangible assets and liabilities acquired, is allocated to goodwill. Goodwill is allocated to the appropriate segments which benefited from the business combination when the goodwill arose.
The allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities involves assessments of the expected future cash flows associated with individual assets and liabilities and appropriate discount rates as of the date of the acquisition. Where appropriate, we consult with external advisors to assist with the determination of fair value. For non-observable market values, fair value has been determined using accepted valuation principles (e.g., relief from royalty method). Subsequent changes in our assessments may trigger an impairment loss that would be recognized in the condensed statement of comprehensive income (loss).

53



We believe that the key areas of subjectivity in relation to the allocation of purchase consideration involve determining the acquisition date fair value of identifiable intangible assets, computer hardware and other property and developed technology and content, and the measurement of deferred revenue. We determine separately identifiable intangible assets in existence as at the date of acquisition. Using market participant assumptions and recognized valuation techniques, values are determined for these intangible assets. These valuation techniques require various assumptions including future levels of profitability; assumed royalty rates for relief from royalty valuations; and appropriate discount rates to present value the estimated cash flows. An assessment of useful lives is also required to establish future amortization expense. All of these assumptions and the resulting valuations are reviewed and approved by management.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue when the (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured.
Subscription-Based Products
Subscription-based revenues from sales of products and services that are delivered under a contract over a period of time are recognized on a straight line basis over the term of the subscription. Where applicable, usage fees above a base period fee are recognized as services are delivered. Subscription revenue received or receivable in advance of the delivery of services or publications is included in deferred revenue.
Multiple element arrangements
The Company’s hosting arrangements are typically comprised of two deliverables: (1) the design, production, testing and installation of the customer's database (implementation phase); and (2) the provision of ongoing data management and support services in conjunction with the licensed data and subscription of software data or application (on-going service phase, hosting or subscription). Such deliverables are accounted for as separate units of accounting. Revenue is allocated to deliverables based upon relative best estimate of selling price (“ESP”). The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which the Company would offer each unit of accounting to customers if each unit were sold regularly on a standalone basis. The Company uses a cost plus a reasonable margin approach to determine ESP for each deliverable. Revenue related to implementation phase is recognized using a proportional performance model, with reference to labor hours. Revenue related to ongoing services, hosting or subscription is recognized on a straight line basis over the applicable service period, provided that all other relevant criteria are met.
Software-related products and services
Certain arrangements include implementation services as well as term licenses to software and other software related elements, such as post contract customer support (PCS). Revenues from implementation services associated with installed software model arrangements are accounted for separately using the proportional performance model, with reference to labor hours as discussed above. However, the software data installed and related PCS deliverable have no separate standalone value to the customers; therefore, revenue cannot be allocated to the individual elements, and as such are deferred until either (a) all elements within the arrangement have been delivered or (b) the undelivered elements within the arrangement qualify under one of the exceptions listed in FASB ASC paragraph 985-605-25-10. Once the initial database or software has been provided to customer and is ready to use, the recognition of revenue for the arrangement depends upon whether (and when) the ongoing data management services are considered to be delivered (thus permitting revenue to be recognized ratably over the remainder of the PCS period). The data management services and PCS are both considered to be delivered consistently throughout the contract term (i.e. the data management services and PCS are delivered simultaneously and over an identical period of time), and thus a ratable recognition pattern best approximates the rendering of both services.
If the implementation services do not qualify for separate accounting, they are recognized together with the related software and subscription revenues on a straight line basis over the term of service.
Developed Technology and Content
Certain costs incurred in connection with software and data content to be used internally are capitalized once a project has progressed beyond a conceptual, preliminary stage to that of application development stage. Costs that qualify for capitalization include both internal and external costs, but are limited to those that are directly related to a specific

54



project. The capitalized amounts, net of accumulated amortization, are included in "Developed technology and content, net" on the balance sheet.
Developed technology and content is stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is computed based on the expected useful life of three to ten years.
Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets
In accordance with the accounting standards for business combinations, we record the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. Identifiable intangible assets are recognized as assets apart from goodwill if they arise from contractual or other legal rights, or if they are capable of being separated from the acquired business and sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged. The largest intangible assets from our businesses is the value of goodwill which include assembled workforce since the success of our business largely depend on the management, marketing and business development, contracting, and technical skills and knowledge of our employees. Goodwill equals the amount of the purchase price of the business acquired in excess of the sum of the fair value of identifiable acquired assets, both tangible and intangible, less the fair value of liabilities assumed. As of December 31, 2015, goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets amounted to $498.8 million and $334.1 million, respectively.

The most significant identifiable intangible assets for our business acquisitions is customer relationships and trademarks and trade names. The fair value for these identifiable intangible assets were determined, as of the date of acquisition. Customer relationships were valued using an income approach, taking into account the expected revenue growth and attrition rates of the customers and the estimated capital charges for the use of other net tangible and identifiable net intangible assets. Trademarks and trade names were valued using the relief from royalty method under the income approach to estimate the cost savings that accrue to the Company which would otherwise have gone to pay royalties or license fees on revenues earned through the use of the asset.

All identifiable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives as the economic benefits are consumed. We review identifiable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable in accordance with the accounting standards for long-lived assets. In addition, we make assumptions about the useful lives of our intangible assets. Intangible assets (including our developed technology and content) are amortized over their useful lives, which have been derived based on an assessment of such factors as attrition, expected volume and economic benefit. We evaluate the useful lives of our intangible assets on an annual basis. Any changes to our estimated useful lives could cause depreciation and amortization to increase or decrease.

Carrying value of goodwill in each reporting unit is formally reviewed every November 1st of each year or whenever events or circumstances occur for possible impairment. A reporting unit is an operating segment, as defined by the segment reporting accounting standards, or a component of an operating segment. A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and is reviewed by operating segment management. The Company had 5 reporting units at December 31, 2015 (and at November 1, 2015 when our annual goodwill impairment assessment was completed). The Company's reporting units are (1) Payer solutions (2) Life Science (3) Provider Solutions (4) Consulting Services (Simpler) and (5) Government.
We consider the following to be important factors that could trigger an impairment review and may result in an impairment charge: (a) significant and sustained underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; (b) identification of other impaired assets within a reporting unit; (c) significant and sustained adverse changes in business climate or regulations; (d) significant negative changes in senior management; (e) significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the Company's overall business; and (f) significant negative industry or economic trends.

We did not utilize a qualitative assessment approach for the November 1, 2015 goodwill impairment test, as we chose instead to complete the quantitative two-step testing process for each reporting unit. The first step is a comparison of each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is greater than its fair value, there is an indication that impairment may exist and the second step must be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The impairment review process contains uncertainties because it requires us to make market participant assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability and growth

55



of future business strategies to determine estimated future cash flows and an appropriate discount rate. Since quoted market prices for our reporting units are not available, we estimate the fair value of the reporting unit or asset group using the income approach and the market approach. The income approach uses cash flow projections. Inherent in our development of cash flow projections are assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our operating results, approved business plans, expected growth rates, capital expenditures and cost of capital, similar to those a market participant would use to assess fair value. We also make certain assumptions about future economic conditions and other data. Many of the factors used in assessing fair value are outside the control of management, and these assumptions and estimates may change in future periods. The use of different assumptions would increase or decrease the estimated value of future cash flows and would have increased or decreased any impairment charge taken. Future outcomes may also differ. If we fail to achieve estimated volume and pricing targets, experience unfavorable market conditions or achieve results that differ from our estimates, then revenue and cost forecasts may not be achieved and we may be required to recognize additional impairment charges. The following are key assumptions we use in making cash flow projections:
Business projections - we make assumptions about the demand for our products solution and platforms. These assumptions drive our planning assumptions for pricing, retention and renewal rates and expected revenue from new projects. We also make assumptions about our cost levels. These projections are derived using our internal business plans that are updated at least annually and reviewed by our Board of Directors.
Discount rate - when measuring possible impairment, future cash flows are discounted at a rate that is consistent with a weighted-average cost of capital that we anticipate a potential market participant would use. The determination of the discount rates for each reporting unit includes factors such as the risk-free rate of return and the return an outside investor would expect to earn based on the overall level of inherent risk. The determination of expected returns includes consideration of the beta (a measure of volatility) of traded securities of comparable companies and risk premiums of reporting units based on international cost of capital methods. Discount rate assumptions for these reporting units take into account our assessment of the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the respective reporting unit and our weighted-average cost of capital. We also review marketplace data to assess the reasonableness of our computation of our overall weighted average cost of capital and, when available, the discount rates utilized for each of these reporting units.
Economic projections - Assumptions regarding general economic conditions are included in and affect our assumptions regarding industry revenues and pricing estimates. These macro-economic assumptions include, but are not limited to, industry sales volumes and interest rates.
Long-term growth rate - A growth rate is used to calculate the terminal value of the business, and is added to the present value of the debt-free cash flows. The growth rate is the expected rate at which a business unit’s earnings stream is projected to grow beyond the planning period.
Market comparables - We select comparable companies in which our reporting units operate based on similarity of type of business, relative size, financial profile, and other characteristics of those companies compared to our reporting units. Trailing and forward revenue and earnings multiples derived from these comparable companies are applied to financial metrics of these reporting units to determine their estimated fair values, adjusted for an estimated control premium.
Under the market approach, the Company estimated the fair value of the reporting units based on peer company multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA). The Company also considered the multiples at which businesses similar to the reporting units have been sold or offered for sale. The combined income approach and market approach to determine the fair value of each reporting unit received a weighted percentage of 70% and 30%, respectively, except for the Government which received a weighting of 100% under income approach given the early stage nature of the reporting unit, its earnings are not yet normalized, and that management has the most insight into the future direction of the Government business.

As of November 1, 2015, the fair value of each reporting unit using the combination of the income approach and the market approach exceeded its carrying value.


56



We evaluated the sensitivity of the discounted cash flow fair value estimates for each reporting unit, which were used for our goodwill impairment assessment, by separately assessing the impact on the estimated fair value of each reporting unit by: (1) increasing the risk adjusted discount rate (WACC) by 100 basis points, or (2) reducing the Terminal Growth Rate by 100 basis points, compared to those used in our estimated fair value calculations, while holding all other assumptions unchanged. All of our reporting units would have had a fair value in excess of their carrying value under both scenarios. In addition, we applied hypothetical decreases to the estimated fair values of each of our reporting units.

The table below presents the: (1) discount rates, (2) Long-term growth rates, (3) 2016 cash flows (4) five-year average cash flow growth rate, (5) goodwill balance as of November 1, 2015, (6) Fair values, (7) carrying values as of November 1, 2015, and (8) excess fair value percentage and dollar amount, for each of these five reporting units.

 
Assumptions
Estimated cash flows
 
 
 
Excess of FV over CV
 
Discount rates
Long-term growth rates
2016
Average Growth rate (2016-2020)
Goodwill balance
Fair values (FV)
Carrying values (CV)
Amount
%
Payer Solutions
12.9
%
3.0
%
$
25.1

6.1
%
$
121.7

$
338.7

$
241.1

$
97.6

40
%
Provider Solutions
12.4
%
3.0
%
40.5

5.4
%
250.6

547.5

413.5

134.0

32
%
Life Science
12.9
%
3.0
%
7.3

8.4
%
45.2

107.7

97.6

10.1

10
%
Consulting services
15.6
%
3.0
%
9.3

20.9
%
35.6

110.5

68.8

41.7

61
%
Government (a)
12.9
%
3.0
%
7.3

76.9
%
45.7

174.8

110.6

64.2

58
%

(a) the expected increase in cash flows on government reporting unit was due to several large long-term contracts won on federal and state channels which include data integration, warehousing and decision support systems.
As discussed previously, in addition to the annual goodwill impairment assessment, we review goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a reporting unit’s goodwill may not be recoverable. As such, depending on the circumstances and outcomes of the operations of our reporting units, we may be required to review goodwill for impairment for one or more of our reporting units prior to the next annual assessment (November 1, 2016), if the expected annual revenues from our government and consulting services reporting unit will be significantly unfavorable due to unanticipated changes, reductions or cancellation of anticipated contracts; and depending on the outcome of the ability of the other reporting units to achieve: (a) 2016 projected revenues, operating income and cash flow, and (b) the win-loss experience on 2016 contract re-competitions and new business pursuits.
Impairment of Long Lived Assets
We periodically re-evaluate carrying values and estimated useful lives of long lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the related asset may not be recoverable. We use estimates of undiscounted cash flows from long lived assets to determine whether the book value of such assets is recoverable over the assets' remaining useful lives. If an asset is determined to be impaired, the impairment is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment charge would have a negative impact on net income. As of December 31, 2015, the Company concluded that there was no impairment on long lived assets.

Income Taxes
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities for each of our entities in each tax jurisdiction. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance, if necessary, based on historical taxable income, projected future taxable income and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. While we have

57



considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance, in the event we were to determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would be charged to income in the period such determination was made.

We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. This measurement step is inherently difficult and requires subjective estimations of such amounts to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating our tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes. Our policy is to include interest and penalties in our provision for income taxes.

As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we determined that it is not more likely than not that we will realize the net deferred tax asset of $29.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively, and recorded a full valuation allowance on the year-end balance.
Other
We have made certain other estimates that, while not involving the same degree of judgment as the estimates described above, are important to understanding our financial statements. These estimates are in the areas of measuring our obligations related to our allowance for doubtful accounts, litigation accruals in the normal course of business, customers' discounts, severance and other employee benefit accruals.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements


In May 2014, as part of its ongoing efforts to assist in the convergence of GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards, the FASB issued a new standard related to revenue recognition. Under the new standard, recognition of revenue occurs when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The new standard, as currently issued will be effective beginning January 1, 2018. On April 1, 2015, the FASB voted to propose a one‑year deferral to the effective date, but to permit entities to adopt one year earlier if they choose (i.e., the original effective date). The proposal will be subject to the FASB’s due process requirement, which includes a period for public comments. The new standard allows for two methods of adoption: (a) full retrospective adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all periods presented, or (b) modified retrospective adoption, meaning the cumulative effect of applying the new standard is recognized as an adjustment to the opening retained earnings balance. We are in the process of determining the adoption method as well as the effects the adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015‑03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, and in August 2015 issued ASU No. 2015‑15, Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line‑of‑Credit Arrangements. Under ASU 2015‑03, debt issuance costs reported on the consolidated balance sheet would be reflected as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. While ASU 2015‑03 addresses costs related to term debt, ASU No. 2015‑15 provides clarification regarding costs to secure revolving lines of credit, which are, at the outset, not associated with an outstanding borrowing. ASU No.2015‑15 provides commentary that the SEC staff would not object to an entity deferring and presenting costs associated with line‑of‑credit arrangements as an asset and subsequently amortizing them ratably over the term of the revolving debt arrangement. ASU No. 2015‑03 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The new guidance will

58



be applied on a retrospective basis. As this standard impacts only the classification of certain amounts within the consolidated balance sheet, we do not expect this ASU to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.


In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015‑16, Business Combinations (Topic 805) - Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement‑Period Adjustments. ASU 2015‑16 requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustments are identified, including the cumulative effect of the change in provisional amount as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. ASU 2015‑16 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and is applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. ASU 2015‑16 may affect our financial statements to the extent we have business combinations in the future.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17 "Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes." ASU 2015-17 simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes to require that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as non-current in a classified balance sheet. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The new guidance will be applied on a prospective basis upon adoption. As this standard impacts only the classification of certain amounts within the consolidated balance sheet, we do not expect this ASU to have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Interest Rate Risk
We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our Term Loan Facility and our Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2015, we had $623.5 million of outstanding principal under our Term Loan Facility and Revolving Credit Facility, bearing interest at variable rates with an established LIBOR floor of 1.25% per annum. We currently do not hedge this interest rate exposure. The underlying one month LIBOR rate as of December 31, 2015 was 0.36%. Based on a one-year time frame and all other variables remaining constant, a 1% increase or decrease in interest rates would have no impact on the interest expense because the LIBOR floor under our Senior Credit Facility is higher than the prevailing interest rates.

In the future, in order to manage our interest rate risk, we may refinance our existing debt, enter into interest rate swaps, modify any then-existing interest rate swaps or make changes that may impact our ability to treat any interest rate swaps as a cash flow hedge. However, we do not intend or expect to enter into derivative or interest rate swap transactions for speculative purposes. We have adopted a hedging policy, which is consistent with the covenants under the Senior Credit Facility.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
As a result of series of acquisitions, we have established or acquired certain foreign subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, India, Canada, Brazil, and Belgium whose functional currency is the British Pound Sterling and Indian Rupee, Canadian Dollar, Brazilian Real, and Euro, respectively. These subsidiaries have historically not been significant to our operations and certain subsidiaries were primarily established to function as sales and marketing support to the Parent. We do not believe that changes in these currencies relative to the U.S. dollar will have a significant impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. As we continue to grow our operations, we may obtain certain contracts and increase the amount of our sales to foreign clients. Although we do not expect foreign currency exchange risk to have a significant impact on our future operations, we will assess the risk on a case-specific basis. Currently, we do not hedge our exposure to translation gains or losses in respect of our non-dollar functional currency assets or liabilities.

ITEM 8 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The information required by this item is included herein following the signature page, beginning on page F-1.


59



ITEM 9- CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 15d -15(b) of the Exchange Act, we have evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this report our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.
As we are an emerging growth company and a public debt filer, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting.

Remediation of Previously Reported Material Weaknesses    

As defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2 and Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, a material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the registrant's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The Company previously reported a material weakness related to our resource complement. Specifically, the Company did not maintain a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training in the application of GAAP, resulting in audit adjustments to our 2014 consolidated financial statements.


60



During 2015, we implemented the following remediation plan during the second, third and fourth quarters of 2015:

Hired additional subject matter experts in the areas of revenue recognition and capitalization of assets to assist the Controller’s group with handling complex accounting transactions.
Hired additional experienced accounting personnel to support general accounting activities at corporate, business unit level, newly acquired businesses and international locations.
Provided training and comprehensive guidance to all staff involved in financial reporting and controls
Enhanced and refined its quarterly and annual financial procedures to allow for more substantive review of financial results before the release of quarterly earnings and the filing of the quarterly reports of Form 10-Q and Annual Report on Form 10-K.

As of December 31, 2015, management evaluated the results of the remediation activities and concluded that we have sufficient evidence that the new personnel and new processes and related controls have been adequately designed and were operating for a sufficient period of time to be deemed effective. As a result, management has concluded that the previously reported material weakness has been remediated as of December 31, 2015.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting, except as disclosed in Remediation of Material Weakness above.






 

ITEM 9B - OTHER INFORMATION

None.

61



PART III

ITEM 10 - DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information Concerning Our Directors
The following table sets forth the name, age and position of the individuals who currently serve as directors on our board of directors. Each of these directors has served in such capacity since the closing of the Prior Acquisition on June 6, 2012, except for Benjamin M. Polk, who has served in such capacity since October 2012 and Charles S. Ream who has served in such capacity since May 2015. In accordance with the bylaws, each director shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. The following also includes certain information regarding our directors’ individual experience, qualifications, attributes and skills and brief statements of those aspects of our directors’ backgrounds that led us to conclude that they should serve as directors. The age of each individual in the table below is as of December 31, 2015:
Name
 
Age 
 
Position
 
Ramzi M. Musallam
47

Chairman of the Boards of Directors
Mike Boswood
65

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Hugh D. Evans
47

Director
Jeffrey P. Kelly
41

Director
Benjamin M. Polk
64

Director
Charles S. Ream
71

Director
Biographical information concerning our directors is set forth below.
Ramzi M. Musallam serves as the Chairman of our boards of directors. Mr. Musallam is a Managing Partner of Veritas, which he has been associated with since 1997. Previously, Mr. Musallam worked at the private equity firms Pritzker & Pritzker and Berkshire Partners. He is a member of the board of directors of CPI International, Inc., as well as a member of the boards of directors of several private companies, and was a member of the boards of directors of Vangent, Inc. from February 2007 to September 2011, Aeroflex Holding Corp. from August 2007 to September 2014 and DynCorp International Inc. from February 2005 to July 2010. Mr. Musallam holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Colgate University with a major in Mathematical Economics and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Mr. Musallam was chosen to serve on our board of directors because of his position as a Managing Partner of Veritas, his experience on other public and private company boards and his extensive experience in finance and private equity investments.
Mike Boswood has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since 2008, and serves as a member of our boards of directors. Mr. Boswood joined Thomson Reuters in 1997 and served until 2008 as President and Chief Executive Officer of Thomson International Legal & Regulatory, where he led development and execution strategies designed to grow Thomson Reuters’ legal and regulatory businesses outside of North America, particularly through investment in online services, most notably local Westlaw services. Mr. Boswood served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Thomson Reuters Healthcare in 2008 and from 2011 to 2012, and President and Chief Executive Officer of the combined Healthcare & Science business of Thomson Reuters (from 2009 to 2010). Prior to joining Thomson Reuters, Mr. Boswood held a number of senior positions at Reed Elsevier in the United Kingdom, The Netherlands and the United States. At Reed Elsevier, Mr. Boswood served as Managing Director of Elsevier Science Ltd., as Joint Managing Director of Elsevier Science Publishers BV and as President of Elsevier Science Inc. Mr. Boswood received a Bachelor’s degree in history and philosophy from the University of Kent at Canterbury. He is a past president of the UK Publishers Association, served on the board of the Copyright Clearance Center Inc. from 1988 to 1995 and was non‑executive chairman of the Institute of Physics Publishing from 2004 to 2007. Mr. Boswood was chosen as a director on our board of directors due to his extensive experience as our chief executive officer, which

62



provides him with detailed knowledge and a valuable perspective regarding our history, development, and implementation of our business strategy.
Hugh D. Evans serves as a member of our boards of directors. Mr. Evans is a Managing Partner at Veritas. Prior to joining Veritas in 2005, Mr. Evans was a Partner at Falconhead Capital, a middle market private equity firm. Prior to Falconhead, Mr. Evans was a Principal at Stonington Partners. Mr. Evans began his private equity career in 1992 at Merrill Lynch Capital Partners, the predecessor firm of Stonington, which was a wholly owned subsidiary of Merrill Lynch. Mr. Evans holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Harvard University and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Mr. Evans is the Chairman of the board of CPI International, Inc., as well as a member of the boards of directors of several private companies. Mr. Evans previously served on the board of directors of Aeroflex Holding Corp., from August 2007 to September 2014. Mr. Evans was chosen to serve on our board of directors because of his position as a Managing Partner of Veritas, his experience on other public and private company boards and his extensive experience in finance and private equity investment.
Jeffrey P. Kelly serves as a member of our boards of directors. Mr. Kelly is a Principal at Veritas. Prior to joining Veritas in 2008, Mr. Kelly was a Vice President in the Leveraged Finance Group at Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he structured and executed loan and high yield bond financings for leveraged buyouts and strategic acquisitions across a variety of industries. Mr. Kelly currently serves as a member of the board of directors of CPI International, Inc., as well as a member of the boards of directors of several private companies. Mr. Kelly holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Finance from Washington University and a Master of Business Administration from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University. Mr. Kelly was chosen to serve on our boards of directors because of his experience and familiarity with Truven and his extensive experience in finance, capital markets and private equity investment.
Benjamin M. Polk serves as a member of our boards of directors. Mr. Polk is a Partner at Veritas. Prior to joining Veritas in 2011, Mr. Polk was a partner with the law firm of Schulte Roth and Zabel LLP from May 2004 to July 2011 and prior to that, a partner with the law firm of Winston & Strawn LLP, where Mr. Polk practiced law with that firm and its predecessor firm, from August 1976 to May 2004. During his legal career, Mr. Polk worked with Veritas as its lead outside legal counsel on virtually every major transaction Veritas has been involved in since its founding. Mr. Polk is a member of the boards of directors of Monster Beverage Corporation and CPI International, Inc., as well as a member of the boards of directors of several private companies. Mr. Polk previously served on the board of directors of Aeroflex Holding Corp., from November 2012 to September 2014. He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Hobart College and a Juris Doctor from Cornell Law School. Mr. Polk was chosen to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in finance and private equity investment.
Charles S. Ream serves as a member of our boards of directors. Mr. Ream was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Anteon International Corporation from April 2003 until his retirement in June 2006. From October 2000 to December 2001, he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Newport News Shipbuilding, Inc. From January 1998 to September 2000, Mr. Ream served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Strategic Initiatives of Raytheon Systems Company. From January 1994 to December 1997, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Hughes Aircraft Company. Prior to joining Hughes Aircraft Company, Mr. Ream was a partner with Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. Ream is a member of the board of directors of Engility Holdings, Inc. Mr. Ream previously served as a member of the boards of directors of Stewart and Stevenson from 2004 to 2006, Vangent, Inc. from 2007 to 2011, DynCorp International, Inc. from 2006 to 2010, Stanley, Inc. from 2006 to 2010, Allied Defense Group, Inc. from 2006 to 2014, Aeroflex Holding Corp. from 2010 to 2014 and Vencore Inc. from 2011 to 2014. Mr. Ream holds a Bachelor of Science degree in accounting and a Master of Accounting degree from the University of Arizona and is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive). Mr. Ream was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive accounting, financial management and board experience.


63



Information Concerning our Executive Officers
With the exception of Mr. Boswood, our President and Chief Executive Officer, whose information is presented above with the information about our directors, the following table sets forth the name, age and position of our executive officers. The following also includes certain information regarding our executive officers’ individual experience, qualifications, attributes and skills.The age of each individual in the table below is as of December 31, 2015:
Name
 
Age 
 
Position
 
Philip Buckingham
60

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Andrea Degutis
62

Senior Vice President, HR & Communications
Andra Heller
56

General Counsel and Secretary
Richard Holada

52

Senior Vice President, Technology and Chief Data and Technology Officer
Anita Mahon
47

Chief Strategy Officer
Roy Martin
60

Executive Vice President, Commercial
Jon Newpol
57

Executive Vice President, Government
Dr. Michael Taylor
61

Chief Medical Officer
Mahesh Visvanathan
46

Senior Vice President, Organizational Transformation and Continuous Improvement
 
Biographical information of our executive officers:
Philip Buckingham serves as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and has served in such capacity since the closing of the Prior Acquisition on June 6, 2012. Mr. Buckingham joined our Predecessor in 2006 and has focused on portfolio optimization, including the divestiture of over $200 million of non‑strategic annual revenue, and on improving business processes and efficiencies. Mr. Buckingham served at Thomson Reuters for over 15 years and held various additional senior finance positions across Thomson Reuters business units, including Thomson Financial and Thomson Learning. Prior to joining Thomson Reuters, Mr. Buckingham held various positions with The McGraw Hill Companies and Deloitte, Haskins & Sells. He has over 30 years of finance experience. Mr. Buckingham received his Bachelor’s degree in accounting from Rutgers University and is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the New Jersey Society of Certified Public Accountants.
Andrea Degutis has served as our Senior Vice President, HR & Communications, since the closing of the Prior Acquisition on June 6, 2012. As Senior Vice President, HR & Communications, Ms. Degutis is responsible for global HR strategy, talent development and organization effectiveness, as well as internal communications. Ms. Degutis joined Thomson Reuters in July 2002 as Senior Vice President, HR & Communications for the scientific group of businesses. She has extensive human resources experience in the information publishing industry, having held senior human resources positions with the Wolters Kluwer International Health & Science business for 12 years and, earlier in her career, with W.B. Saunders Company/CBS. She also has directed human resources planning in the banking and diversified services management industries. Ms. Degutis holds a Bachelor of Arts in Languages from Temple University.
Andra Heller has served as our General Counsel and Secretary since the closing of the Prior Acquisition on June 6, 2012. Ms. Heller joined Solucient LLC in 2000, as General Counsel. Solucient LLC was ultimately acquired by Thomson Reuters in 2006. She previously served as a partner with the corporate practice group of Freeborn & Peters, a commercial law firm in Chicago. Ms. Heller received a Bachelor of Arts in English from Iowa State University and a Juris Doctor from the University of Iowa College of Law. She also served as a law clerk to the Judge of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Iowa.
Richard Holada has served as our Senior Vice President of Technology and Chief Data and Technology Officer since December 2014. In this capacity, he is responsible for the strategic data and technology vision, operational execution, and leadership of the Technology Division. Mr. Holada joined us in December 2014. From 2010 through 2014,

64



Mr. Holada served as a Vice President - Software Group at IBM. In that capacity, he led the Predictive Analytics and Business Intelligence product lines, and formed the Watson Legal practice. He served as the Chief Technology Officer for SPSS, Inc., a Chicago based provider of Predictive Analytic technology, until its acquisition by IBM. Mr. Holada received his Bachelors of Science degree in Computer Science from the University of Illinois and his Juris Doctor from the John Marshall Law School in Chicago.
Anita Mahon has served as our Chief Strategy Officer since July 2014. As Chief Strategy Officer, Ms. Mahon leads the definition and implementation of our corporate growth strategy. In this role, she is responsible for integrating market, business, and technology trends to establish company priorities; corporate development, including acquisitions; brand strategy; and corporate marketing initiatives. From the closing of the Prior Acquisition on June 6, 2012 until she was appointed as Chief Strategy Officer, Ms. Mahon served as our Senior Vice President, Strategy and Marketing. Prior to joining our Predecessor in 2006, she spent over 15 years in market strategy, product management, and software development at an advanced telecommunications research and development, software, and consulting business that is now part of Ericsson. Ms. Mahon earned a Bachelor of Science degree in mathematics and computer science from Manhattan College, a Master of Science degree in computer science from Columbia University, and a Master of Business Administration degree from Columbia Business School.
Roy Martin has served as our Executive Vice President, Commercial Division, since July 2013. As Executive Vice President, Commercial Division , Mr. Martin is responsible for the strategic vision, leadership, and operational execution of our customer channels in the Commercial segment. Mr. Martin joined us in July, 2013. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Martin was the CEO of WELM Ventures, LLC, a venture capital firm he founded in 2011. Prior to launching WELM, he served from 2005 to 2011 as the president and CEO of the Tax and Accounting business of Thomson Reuters, a global tax software, services and publishing company. Prior to Thomson Reuters, he served as President and CEO of Dialog Corporation, an online research company specializing in scientific, life sciences, and professional information. Mr. Martin received a Bachelor’s degree in Political Science from Virginia Tech and earned his Master of Business Administration from Emory University. He currently serves on the board of directors of the American Heart Association of Minnesota.
Jon Newpol has served as our Executive Vice President, Government since the closing of the Prior Acquisition on June 6, 2012. As Executive Vice President, Government, Mr. Newpol is responsible for the strategic vision, leadership and operational execution of our customer channels in the Government segment. Mr. Newpol held a variety of leadership positions within Thomson Reuters from the time he joined us in 1995 until the closing of the Prior Acquisition. He has over 25 years of experience in employee benefits and healthcare management. Prior to joining Thomson Reuters, Mr. Newpol was a health and welfare benefits consultant with two consulting firms Aon and Foster Higgins. Before that, he held various positions with Prudential, most notably as founder and Executive Director of its northeastern Ohio health plan. Mr. Newpol received a Bachelor of Business Administration in corporate risk management and insurance from the University of Georgia, a Master of Business Administration from the College of William and Mary and a Master of Public Health in health policy management from Emory University. He holds the CEBS, CLU and ChFC designations.
Dr. Michael Taylor has served as our Chief Medical Officer since February 2013. Dr. Taylor is responsible for developing, evaluating, and maintaining health and wellness efforts as well as thought leadership, strategy, and expertise in innovation and product development across the healthcare spectrum. Dr. Taylor joined our Predecessor in 2011 as Vice President and National Business Medical Leader within the employer market. He remained with us in that role following the closing of the Prior Acquisition on June 6, 2012, until he was appointed as our Chief Medical Officer in February 2013. Prior to joining our Predecessor, Dr. Taylor served as the Medical Director for health promotion and disease management for Caterpillar Inc. from 2000 to 2011. Dr. Taylor was a co‑owner of a five person medical group for 14 years, practicing outpatient and hospital based primary care in Pekin, Illinois. He was Chief of Medicine and Chief of Staff at that hospital. He later served for three years as the Chief Medical Officer for Pekin Hospital and Progressive Health Systems, involved in quality improvement, developing and implementing a hospitalist program, and served as Medical Director for the Pharmacy/Therapeutics committee for the hospital and health plan. Dr. Taylor has served on the boards of the Integrated Benefits Institute and the Midwest Business Group on Health, and as the Chairman of the Board for The Center for Health Value Innovation. Dr. Taylor graduated from the University Of Illinois College Of Medicine in 1980, and completed an Internal Medicine residency at the University Of Illinois College Of

65



Medicine in Peoria in 1983. Dr. Taylor is a board certified internist and is a Fellow in the American College of Physicians and a member of the American College of Occupational and Environmental Medicine.
Mahesh Visvanathan has served as our Senior Vice President, Organizational Transformation and Continuous Improvement since the closing of the Prior Transaction on June 6, 2012. In this role, Mr. Visvanathan is responsible for driving a culture of process excellence across all of our business and functional departments globally. Prior to assuming his current role, Mr. Visvanathan lead a variety of our key operational initiatives, such as new solution implementations, the creation of global operations and program management. Mr. Visvanathan also has served in various roles, such Senior Vice President, Client Services and Senior Vice President, Business Development and Operations in our Government segment. Mr. Visvanathan has also led the operations of our Payer Operations in the Commercial segment. In prior roles, Mr. Visvanathan served as a leader in Technology Operations, where he represented us in industry workgroups to define and develop Information Technology Infrastructure Library service management processes. Mr. Visvanathan has been with us or our Predecessor since 1997, except for a brief stint as a co‑architect of a customer relationship management solution for the financial services industry. Prior to joining us in 1997, Mr. Visvanathan served as a technical consultant for organizations such as Ford Motor Company, IBM Corporation and General Electric Company. Mr. Visvanathan has a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Michigan Ross School of Business and a Master of Science and Technology degree from Birla Institute of Technology and Science in India.
Audit committee
Our board of directors has established an audit committee. Our audit committee oversees a broad range of issues surrounding our accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of our financial statements. Our audit committee provide oversight and review of the Company’s accounting and financial functions and its financial reporting process in consultation with the Company’s independent and internal auditors relating to (i) the integrity of the Company’s financial statements, (ii) the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (iii) the qualifications and independence of the Company’s independent and internal auditors, and (iv) the performance of the internal audit function.  The members of our audit committee for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, were Jeffrey Kelly, Benjamin Polk, and Charles Ream. Mr. Ream is our audit committee chairman and financial expert under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and is “independent” as defined under the Exchange Act. Our audit committee acts pursuant to a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors.

Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of ethics for all employees, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer and treasurer, addressing business ethics and conflicts of interest. A copy of the code of ethics has been posted on our website at http://truvenhealth.com/about-us/our-company.


ITEM 11 - EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
The information in this Executive Compensation section reflects the cash and noncash compensation of our named executive officers:
Mike Boswood
President and Chief Executive Officer
Roy Martin
Executive Vice President, Commercial
Richard Holada
Senior Vice President, Technology and Chief Data and Technology Officer


66



The following table sets forth the cash and other compensation we have paid to our named executive officers for 2015 and 2014:
Summary Compensation Table
Name and
Principal Position
Year
Salary ($)

Bonus($)

Stock Awards1 ($)
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation2 ($)

All Other Compensation3($)

Total ($)

Mike Boswood, President and CEO
FY 2015
525,000


320,550



845,550

 
FY 2014
525,000


320,550



845,550

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Roy Martin, Executive Vice President, Commercial
FY 2015
425,000


163,986


8,265

597,251

 
FY 2014
425,000

 
163,986


93,000

681,986

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Richard Holada, Senior Vice President, Technology and Chief Data and Technology Officer
FY 2015
375,000

159,000

72,210

90,723

7,950

704,883

 
FY 2014
18,750

 


433

19,183

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


1.
Amounts in this column include the grant date fair value of Class B and Class B-1 Membership Interests in Holdings LLC that were granted to each of the named executive officers. The Class B and Class B-1 Membership Interests of the named executive officers are non-transferable and vest 20% annually, subject to continued employment with Truven. The fair value at the date of grant was based upon the value of the Membership Interests of Holdings LLC less a 30% marketability discount. The amounts represent the estimate of compensation costs recognized in 2015 and 2014, excluding the effect of forfeiture and using the fair value of the awards as determined on the grant date. See "Membership Interests" below for more information regarding the Class B and Class B-1 Membership Interests.
2.
The named executive officers’ 2015 and 2014 target annual incentive awards (as a percentage of their annual base salaries) were as follows: Mr. Boswood-125%, Mr. Martin-75% and Mr. Holada-60%. The Company did not achieve the minimum targets for revenues, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flows for 2014, so there were no annual incentive awards paid to these executive officers under Truven’s 2014 Annual Incentive Plan. The Company achieved the minimum targets for revenues, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flows in 2015, resulting in a partial award for Mr. Holada. Mr. Boswood and Mr. Martin chose to forego their 2015 awards.
3.
Amounts in this column include the employer contributions made by Truven during our fiscal years 2015 and 2014 under the Truven Health Analytics Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) on behalf of each named executive officer, as follows: Mr. Martin - $8,265 and $9,000, respectively, Mr. Holada - $7,950 and $433, respectively. Mr. Boswood does not participate in the 401(k) Plan. The amount for Mr. Martin in 2014 also includes a housing allowance of $84,000.

Equity Award Grants
On April 17, 2015, Richard Holada was granted Class B-1 Membership Interests in Holdings LLC of 0.5%. The Class B-1 Membership Interests vest 20% annually, subject to continued employment with Truven. There were no equity award grants to the named executive officers during 2014.
Outstanding Equity Awards
The table below provides information concerning the Class B and Class B-1 Membership Interests that have not vested for each named executive officer outstanding as of December 31, 2015.








67



Outstanding Equity Awards Table for 2015 Fiscal Year End
 
Name
 
Membership Class
Membership  Interests
That Have Not Vested
(%)1 
 
Market Value of Shares  or
Units of Stock That
Have Not Vested
($)2
Mike Boswood
Class B
0.46
509,776

Roy Martin
Class B
0.36
398,955

Richard Holada
Class B-1
0.4
443,284


1.
Amounts in this column represent the unvested Membership Interests in Holdings LLC (as a percentage of the total Class A Membership Interests and Class B and Class B-1 Membership Interests that may be issued) that were granted to each of the named executive officers. 20% of each named executive officer’s Membership Interests will vest on each of the first five anniversaries and 100% of each Membership Interest will vest in certain circumstances in connection with a “change in control”. See “Membership Interests” below for more information regarding the terms of the Membership Interests.
2.
The Membership Interests are not publicly listed and therefore market value information is not readily available. Amounts in this column represent the fair value at December 31, 2015 of the unvested Membership Interests in Holdings LLC. See footnote 1 to the “Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2015” for more information regarding the valuation of the Membership Interests and “Membership Interests” below for more information regarding the terms of the Membership Interests.
 
Membership Interests
On October 18, 2012, Mr. Boswood received Class B Membership Interests of Holdings LLC of 1.15% of the total 4.39% of the issued and outstanding Class B Membership Interests of Holdings LLC. In December 2013, Mr. Martin received Class B Membership Interests of Holdings LLC of 0.6%. On April 11, 2014, Holdings LLC amended the Operating Agreement and provided 0.9% of Class B-1 Membership Interests in Holdings LLC to other executives. On April 17, 2015, Mr. Holada received Class B-1 Membership Interests of Holdings LLC of 0.5%.
The Class B and Class B-1 Membership Interests ("Membership Interests") are considered to be profits interests, representing the right to receive a percentage of the distributions when made by Holdings LLC if such distributions exceed specified internal rate of return thresholds. Membership Interests do not entitle the holder to any portion of the fair value of Holdings LLC as of the date of issuance.
 
Membership Interests may not exceed 6.25% in the aggregate. If the issuance of any additional Membership Interests causes the aggregate Membership Interests of outstanding members to exceed 6.25%, the Membership Interests of all outstanding holders of Membership Interests (including our named executive officers) will be reduced on a pro rata basis, based on their respective Membership Interests, so that the aggregate Membership Interests held by all members does not exceed 6.25%. If the employment duties of any of our named executive officers are changed, the percentage of his Membership Interest may be increased or decreased by Holdings LLC.
Subject to continued employment with Truven, 20% of each named executive officer's outstanding Membership Interests vests annually over five years. The Membership Interests would also become fully vested six months following a change in control or upon the named executive officer's employment being terminated without cause or as a result of his death or disability within the six-month period following a change in control.
If a named executive officer’s employment with us terminates for any reason or he engages in competitive activity, that named executive officer will forfeit any unvested portion of his Membership Interest and Holdings LLC will have the right, within 180 days of that termination, to repurchase for its fair value the vested portion of his Membership Interest. If the named executive officer’s employment terminates as a result of his commission of an act of fraud, theft or financial dishonesty, his indictment or conviction of a felony or his engaging in competitive activity, he will forfeit for no consideration all of his Membership Interests, whether vested or unvested.

68



Membership Interests generally may not be transferred, with very limited exceptions. Under certain circumstances, the named executive officers may be required to transfer their Membership Interests if more than 50% of the outstanding Class A Membership Interests are transferred.
As of December 31, 2015, members of management owned 5.66% of the total issued and outstanding Membership Interests of Holdings LLC. As of December 31, 2015, 1.03% of the Membership Interests of the named executive officers had vested.
Annual Incentive Plan
Truven’s Annual Incentive Plan links compensation of participants with the financial performance of Truven. Each participant’s target annual incentive award is expressed as a percentage of his or her base salary based on the participant’s position within Truven. Annual incentive award payouts may be higher or lower than the target annual incentive awards, based on Truven’s financial performance. Financial performance is determined in Truven’s discretion and was weighted in 2015 and 2014 for revenues (35%), Adjusted EBITDA (45%) and free cash flow (20%) subject to exceeding certain performance thresholds. Participants generally must be Truven employees on the date that awards are paid in order to receive their annual incentive awards; however, a participant may be entitled to receive all or a portion of his or her annual incentive award if a participant’s employment is terminated without cause prior to the payment date, depending on the participant’s date of termination. The named executive officers’ target annual incentives for 2015 and 2014 (as a percentage of their base salaries) were as follows: Mr. Boswood-125%, Mr. Martin-75% and Mr. Holada-60%. The Company did not achieve the minimum targets for revenues, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flows for 2014, so there were no annual incentive awards paid to these executive officers under Truven’s 2014 Annual Incentive Plan. The Company achieved the minimum targets for revenues, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flows in 2015, resulting in partial award for Mr. Holada. Mr. Boswood and Mr. Martin chose to forego their 2015 awards. In 2016, financial performance will be weighted for revenues (35%), Adjusted EBITDA (45%), and free cash flow (20%), subject to exceeding certain performance thresholds.
401(k) Plan
The 401(k) Plan is a tax-qualified defined contribution savings plan for the benefit of all eligible employees of Truven. Employee contributions, including after-tax contributions, are permitted by means of pay reduction subject to a minimum of 1% and a maximum of 25% of plan compensation per payroll period. The 401(k) Plan also provides for regular employer matching contributions up to a maximum of 100% of employee contributions (other than catch-up contributions) up to 3% of a participant’s plan compensation. All employee contributions and earnings on employee contributions are at all times fully vested. Employer matching contributions are vested at a rate of 25% per year of service and are completely vested after four years of service. The employer contributions made by Truven during 2015 and 2014 under the 401(k) Plan on behalf of each named executive officer, are as follows: Mr. Martin-$8,265 and $9,000, respectively, and Mr. Holada - $7,950 and $433, respectively. Mr. Boswood did not participate in the 401(k) Plan.


COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
During 2015 and 2014, Mr. Boswood was the only member of the board of directors of Truven who was also an executive of Truven. Mr. Boswood did not receive any additional compensation for the services he provided to Truven as a member of its board of directors during 2015 and 2014. The non-executive directors of Truven include Ramzi M. Musallam, who serves as the chairman of the board, Hugh D. Evans, Jeffrey P. Kelly, Benjamin M. Polk and Charles S. Ream. During 2015 and 2014, the non-executive directors of Truven did not receive any compensation for their service on the board of directors of Truven, except for Mr. Ream who received $50,000 compensation for his services in 2015. In addition, on April 17, 2015, Mr. Ream was granted a Class B-1 Membership Interest of 0.05% in Holdings LLC. The amount recognized for Mr. Ream's compensation costs related to Membership Interest is $7,221, excluding the effect of forfeiture and using the fair value of the awards as determined on the grant date. See "Membership Interests" above for more information regarding the Class B-1 Membership Interest.


69



COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
During 2015, Ramzi M. Musallam, Hugh D. Evans, Jeffrey P. Kelly and Benjamin M. Polk participated in discussions regarding the compensation packages of the named executive officers, none of whom have any relationships that would create a compensation committee interlock as defined under applicable SEC regulation.

ITEM 12 - SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

All of Truven’s issued and outstanding stock is held by Truven Holding. Holdings LLC directly owns all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Truven Holding.
The following table sets forth information as of March 29, 2016, with respect to the beneficial ownership of the Class A and Class B membership interests in Holdings LLC by:

 
each person who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of Holdings LLC outstanding equity;
 
each member of Truven's board of directors,  the board of directors of Truven Holding, and the manager of Holding LLC;
 
each of the named executive officers in the Summary Compensation Table; and
 
all executive officers and directors as a group.

To the Company’s knowledge, each of the holders of Class A and Class B membership interests in Holding LLC listed below has sole voting and investment power as to the interests owned unless otherwise noted.

Name of Beneficial Owner (1)
Class A Percent of Interests (2)
Class B Percent of Interests (2)
Class B-1 Percent of Interests (2)
Veritas Capital (3)(4)
93.58%
--
-
Ramzi M. Musallam (3)(5)
93.58%
--
-
Mike Boswood
*
1.15%
-
Hugh D. Evans (3)
--
--
-
Jeffrey P. Kelly (3)
--
--
-
Benjamin M. Polk (3)
--
--
-
Charles S. Ream (3)
--
--
*
Rich Holada
*
-
*
Roy Martin
*
*
-
All executive officers and directors as a group (15 persons)
94.01%
3.60%
0.55%

*Denotes beneficial ownership of less than 1%.



70



1
Except as otherwise indicated, the address for each of the named beneficial owners is 100 Phoenix Drive, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48108.
2
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Class A, Class B and Class B1 membership interests represented 94.34%, 4.25% and 1.41% of Truven Holdings LLC membership interests, respectively.
3
The address for Veritas Capital and Messrs. Musallam, Evans, Polk, Kelly and Ream is c/o Veritas Capital, and the address is Veritas Capital Fund Management., LLC, 9 West 57th Street, 29th Floor, New York, NY, 10019.
4
Veritas Capital and its affiliated investment funds and certain co-investors hold indirect interests in Truven Holding through one or more intermediate entities. Such entities are managed by Veritas Capital and one or more of its affiliate funds.
5
Ramzi M. Musallam, Chairman of the board of directors of Truven Holding is the Managing Partner of Veritas Capital. Ramzi M. Musallam may be deemed a beneficial owner of the Class A membership interests beneficially owned by Veritas Capital and its affiliated investment funds and certain co-investors. Mr. Musallam disclaims this beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in such entities.

ITEM 13 - CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Advisory agreement
At the closing of the Prior Acquisition, we entered into an advisory agreement with the Sponsor under which the Sponsor provides certain advisory services to us. As compensation for these services, we paid a transaction fee at the closing of the Prior Acquisition. We will also continue to pay an annual advisory fee which will be equal to an aggregate amount equal to the greater of (i) $2.5 million, and (ii) 2.0% of consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement governing our Senior Credit Facility), as well as transaction fees on future acquisitions, divestitures, financings and liquidity events, which will be determined based upon aggregate equity investments at the time of such future events or on the value of the transaction. In addition to the fees described above, we will also pay or reimburse the Sponsor or any of its affiliates for its out of pocket costs incurred in connection with activities under the advisory agreement, as well as the reasonable costs and expenses of its counsel and any advisers in connection with the monitoring of its investments in us, any requested amendment or waiver of any investment document and the sale or disposition of their respective interests in us. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded an expense of $2.9 million, which represented the Sponsor advisory fee and is presented within other operating expenses in the Company's condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.
Limited liability company agreement
At the closing of the Prior Acquisition, The Veritas Capital Fund IV, L.P., The Veritas Capital Fund III, L.P., CIPH Holdings LLC (an entity managed by the Sponsor and owned by certain co-investors) and VCPH Investments LLC entered into the limited liability company agreement of Holdings LLC that sets forth provisions relating to the management and ownership of Holdings LLC, including rights to manage Holdings LLC. In addition, the limited liability company agreement provides for, among other things, restrictions on the transferability of equity of Holdings LLC, tag along rights, drag along rights, rights of first refusal, preemptive rights and information rights. The limited liability company agreement of Holdings LLC has been amended several times following the closing of the Prior Acquisition, primarily in connection with the issuance of Membership Interests.
Registration Rights Agreement
At the closing of the Prior Acquisition, Holdings LLC and VCPH Holding Corp. (now known as Truven Holding) entered into a registration rights agreement with us. The registration rights agreement grants Holdings LLC customary demand and piggyback registration rights for the benefit of The Veritas Capital Fund IV, L.P., The Veritas Capital Fund III, L.P. and certain co-investors and piggyback registration rights for the benefit of certain members of our management.


ITEM 14 - PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The following table presents by category of service the total fees for services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, the Company’s principal accountant, for the years ended December 31,2015 and 2014:

71



 
Year ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
Audit Fees (1)
$
2,094,426

$
2,349,556

Audit Related Services (2)
367,886

1,004,823

All Other Fees (3)
1,962

1,944

Total
$
2,464,274

$
3,356,323

 
 
 
 

1.
Includes fees and out-of-pocket expenses for professional services rendered in connection with the audit of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements, as well as other statutory audit services.

2.
Audit related services includes fees for reviews of quarterly financial statements, comfort letters, consents and review of documents filed with the SEC in 2015 and financial and tax due diligence services performed in 2014, related to 2014 acquisitions.

3.
All other fees include fees and subscription for access to an accounting research tool in 2015 and 2014.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

The Audit Committee annually engages and pre-approves the audit fees provided by the independent registered public accounting firm, for the following year, to assure that the provision of such services does not impair the auditor’s independence. All allowable non-audit services are regularly required to be specifically identified and submitted to the board of directors for approval during regularly scheduled meetings.





72



PART IV

ITEM 15 - EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

a) The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

(1) Financial Statements
The financial statements and notes thereto annexed to this report beginning on page F-1.
(2) Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure



73



Exhibit Index
EXHIBIT NO.
DESCRIPTION
3.1
Certificate of Incorporation of Truven Holding Corp., (formerly VCPH Holding Corp.) filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
3.2
Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Truven Holding Corp. (formerly VCPH Holding Corp.), filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
3.3
By-laws of Truven Holding Corp. (formerly VCPH Holding Corp.), filed as Exhibit 3.3 to the Company's registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
3.4
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Truven Health Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.), filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the Company's registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
3.5
Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Truven Health Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.), filed as Exhibit 3.5 to the Company's registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
3.6
Amended and Restated By-laws of Truven Health Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.), filed as Exhibit 3.6 to the Company's registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
4.1
Indenture, dated as of June 6, 2012, among Wolverine Healthcare Analytics, Inc. (which merged into Truven Health Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.) at closing), as Issuer, Truven Holding Corp. (formerly VCPH Holding Corp.), as Guarantor, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
4.2
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 6, 2012, by and among Wolverine Healthcare Analytics, Inc. (which merged into Truven Health Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.) at closing), as Issuer, Truven Health Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
4.3
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 5, 2013, by and among Truven Health Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.), as Issuer, Truven Holding Corp. (formerly VCPH Holding Corp.), as Guarantor, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's amendment no. 1 to the registration statement on Form S-4/A filed on June 19, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
4.4
Form of 10.625% Senior Note due 2020, Series A (included in the Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the to the Company's registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
10.1
Credit Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2012, among Truven Holding Corp. (formerly VCPH Holding Corp.), Wolverine Healthcare Analytics, Inc. (which merged into Truven Health Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.) at closing), the Several Lenders from Time to Time Parties Thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as Co-Documentation Agents, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Syndication Agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.


74



10.2
Joinder to Credit Agreement, dated June 6, 2012, by Truven Health Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.), filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
10.3
First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2012, among Truven Holding Corp. (formerly VCPH Holding Corp.), Truven Health Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.), the Lenders Party Thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as Joint Arrangers and Bookrunners, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
10.4
Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2013, among Truven Holding Corp. (formerly VCPH Holding Corp.), Truven Health Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.), the Lenders Party Thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as Joint Arrangers and Bookrunners, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's amendment no. 1 to the registration statement on Form S-4/A filed on June 19, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
10.5
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2012, made by Truven Holding Corp. (formerly VCPH Holding Corp.), Wolverine Healthcare Analytics, Inc. (which merged into Truven Health Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.) at closing) and certain of their Subsidiaries in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
10.6
Joinder to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated June 6, 2012, by Truven Health Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.), filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
10.7
Joinder to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated June 10, 2014, by Simpler North America, LLC and Simpler Consulting, LLC, filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 8, 2015, file number 333-203290, is incorporated herein by reference.
10.8
Joinder to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated October 31, 2014, by Joan
Wellman and Associates, Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s registration
statement on Form S-4 filed on April 8, 2015, file number 333-203290, is incorporated
herein by reference.
10.9
Joinder to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated November 12, 2014, by HBE
Solutions, LLC, filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s registration statement on
Form S-4 filed on April 8, 2015, file number 333-203290, is incorporated herein by
reference.
10.10*
Annual Incentive Plan: 2015 Terms and Conditions of Truven Health Analytics Inc.
10.11†
Offer Letter, dated August 27, 2012 and revised October 1, 2012 and March 13, 2013, by Truven Health Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.) and accepted by Philip Buckingham on March 13, 2013, filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's registration statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is incorporated herein by reference.
10.12
Offer Letter, dated August 27, 2012 and revised October 1, 2012, by Truven Health
Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.) and accepted by Jonathan
Newpol on March 28, 2013, filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s registration
statement on Form S-4 filed on April 15, 2013, file number 333-187931-01, is
incorporated herein by reference.


75



10.13
Offer Letter, dated June 27, 2013 by Truven Health Analytics Inc. (formerly Thomson
Reuters (Healthcare) Inc.) and accepted by Roy M. Martin on June 30, 2013, filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to our current report on Form 8-K filed on July 3, 2013, file
number 333-187931, is incorporated herein by reference.
10.14
Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 11, 2014, among Truven Holding Corp., Truven Health Analytics Inc., the Lenders Party Thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K, filed on April 14, 2014, file number 333-187931, is incorporated herein by reference.
10.15
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 3, 2014, by and between Truven Health Analytics Inc., the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K, filed on November 12, 2014, file number 333-187931, is incorporated herein by reference.
10.16
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 5, 2014, by and between Truven Health Analytics Inc., the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K, filed on November 12, 2014, file number 333-187931, is incorporated herein by reference.
10.17
Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 12, 2014, by and between Truven Health Analytics Inc., the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K, filed on November 12, 2014, file number 333-187931, is incorporated herein by reference.
10.18
Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 12, 2014, by and between Truven Health Analytics Inc., the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K, filed on November 12, 2014, file number 333-187931, is incorporated herein by reference.
10.19
Registration Rights Agreement between Truven Health Analytics Inc., the Guarantors named therein and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as Initial Purchaser, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K, filed on November 12, 2014, file number 333-187931, is incorporated herein by reference.
12*
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
21
Subsidiaries of the registrants, filed as Exhibit 21.1 to the Company's annual report filed on Form 10-K, filed on March 13, 2015, file number 333-187931, is incorporated herein by reference.
31.1*
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
31.2*
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
32.1*
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)
 
32.2*
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)
 
101*
Interactive Data Files Pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, (ii) Consolidated and Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, (iii) Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, (iv) Consolidated and Combined Statement of Equity as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, and (v) Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements.
 

*
Filed herewith.
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.



76



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

Date: March 30, 2016
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

TRUVEN HOLDING CORP.
 
TRUVEN HEALTH ANALYTICS INC.
(Registrant)
 
(Registrant)
 
 
 
By: /s/ MIKE BOSWOOD
 
By: /s/ MIKE BOSWOOD
 Mike Boswood, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 Mike Boswood, President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 30, 2016
 
Date: March 30, 2016
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 
 
 
By: /s/ MIKE BOSWOOD
 
By: /s/ MIKE BOSWOOD
 Mike Boswood, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 Mike Boswood, President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 30, 2016
 
Date: March 30, 2016
 
 
 
By: /s/ PHILIP BUCKINGHAM
 
By: /s/ PHILIP BUCKINGHAM
Philip Buckingham, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
Philip Buckingham, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Date: March 30, 2016
 
Date: March 30, 2016
 
 
 
By: /s/ JAMES BOLOTIN
 
By: /s/ JAMES BOLOTIN
James Bolotin, Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
James Bolotin, Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
Date: March 30, 2016
 
Date: March 30, 2016
 
 
 
By: /s/ RAMZI M. MUSALLAM
 
By: /s/ RAMZI M. MUSALLAM
Ramzi M. Musallam, Chairman
 
Ramzi M. Musallam, Chairman
Date: March 30, 2016
 
Date: March 30, 2016
 
 
 
By: /s/ HUGH D. EVANS
 
By: /s/ HUGH D. EVANS
Hugh D. Evans, Director
 
Hugh D. Evans, Director

77



Date: March 30, 2016
 
Date: March 30, 2016
 
 
 
By: /s/ JEFFREY P. KELLY
 
By: /s/ JEFFREY P. KELLY
Jeffrey P. Kelly, Director
 
Jeffrey P. Kelly, Director
Date: March 30, 2016
 
Date: March 30, 2016
 
 
 
By: /s/ BENJAMIN M. POLK
 
By: /s/ BENJAMIN M. POLK
Benjamin M. Polk, Director
 
Benjamin M. Polk, Director
Date: March 30, 2016
 
Date: March 30, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ CHARLES S. REAM
 
 
Charles S. Ream, Director
 
 
Date: March 30, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

                                                                                   
Supplemental Information to Be Furnished With Reports Filed Pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act by Registrants Which Have Not Registered Securities Pursuant to Section 12 of the Act
No annual report or proxy material will be provided to our security holder.
           





                                                               


78



Truven Holding Corp.
Index to Financial Information


Audited Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets - As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (Successor)
 
 
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) - For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (Successor)
 
 
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows - For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (Successor)
 
 
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Equity - As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (Successor)
 
 
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements






F-1



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm



To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Truven Holding Corp.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, of equity, and of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Truven Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a) (2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.



/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
March 30, 2016



F-2



Truven Holding Corp.
Consolidated Balance Sheets

(with the exception of common stock, in thousands of dollars, unless otherwise indicated)
 
December 31,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
Assets
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
14,325

 
$
12,604

Trade and other receivables (less allowances of $1,501 and $1,244, respectively)  
130,544

 
120,214

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
29,415

 
30,251

Deferred tax assets
2,838

 
621

Total current assets
177,122

 
163,690

Computer hardware and other property, net
38,577

 
37,435

Developed technology and content, net
118,130

 
134,078

Goodwill
498,820

 
498,820

Other identifiable intangible assets, net
334,111

 
382,879

Other noncurrent assets
19,807

 
16,187

Total assets
$
1,186,567

 
$
1,233,089

Liabilities and Equity (deficit)
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
81,867

 
$
67,228

Deferred revenue
136,389

 
129,129

Current portion of long-term debt
6,360

 
6,360

Capital lease obligation
700

 
664

Taxes payable
330

 
173

Total current liabilities
225,646

 
203,554

Deferred revenue
3,046

 
5,456

Capital lease obligation
675

 
1,374

Long-term debt
973,234

 
971,362

Deferred tax liabilities
2,838

 
621

Other noncurrent liabilities
8,764

 
3,599

Total liabilities
1,214,203

 
1,185,966

Equity (deficit)
 
 
 
Common stock—$ 0.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, 1 share issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Additional paid-in capital
484,364

 
483,550

Accumulated deficit
(511,589
)
 
(436,123
)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(411
)
 
(304
)
Total equity (deficit)
(27,636
)
 
47,123

Total liabilities and equity (deficit)
$
1,186,567

 
$
1,233,089

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3



Truven Holding Corp.
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss
(in thousands of dollars, unless otherwise indicated)
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
 
 
 
Revenues, net
$
610,715

$
544,475

$
492,702

Operating costs and expenses
Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization
(329,250
)
(292,999
)
(265,541
)
Selling and marketing, excluding depreciation and amortization
(70,205
)
(57,413
)
(56,157
)
General and administrative, excluding depreciation and amortization
(65,155
)
(55,937
)
(41,042
)
Depreciation
(21,197
)
(22,350
)
(21,219
)
Amortization of developed technology and content
(43,821
)
(38,752
)
(31,894
)
Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets
(48,769
)
(45,402
)
(34,460
)
Goodwill impairment


(366,662
)
Other operating expenses
(30,874
)
(20,784
)
(35,038
)
Total operating costs and expenses
(609,271
)
(533,637
)
(852,013
)
Operating Income (loss)
1,444

10,838

(359,311
)
    Net interest expense
(74,219
)
(69,616
)
(70,581
)
Other finance costs
(1,805
)
(930
)
(24
)
Loss before income taxes
(74,580
)
(59,708
)
(429,916
)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
(886
)
22,686

84,927

Net loss
$
(75,466
)
$
(37,022
)
$
(344,989
)
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
$
(107
)
$
(139
)
$
(165
)
Total comprehensive loss
$
(75,573
)
$
(37,161
)
$
(345,154
)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4



Truven Holding Corp.
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands of dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Year ended December 31,
Year ended December 31,
Year ended December 31,

2015
2014
2013
Operating activities
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(75,466
)
$
(37,022
)
$
(344,989
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:


 
 
Depreciation
21,197

22,350

21,219

Amortization of developed technology and content
43,821

38,752

31,894

Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets
48,769

45,402

34,460

Amortization of debt issuance costs
2,984

2,535

2,557

Amortization of debt discount
3,233

3,266

2,643

Amortization of unfavorable leasehold interest


(94
)
  Loss on extinguishment of debt


2,353

Goodwill impairment charge


366,662

Asset write-off
6,000

4,706


Deferred income tax (benefit) provision

(22,864
)
(85,398
)
  Share-based compensation expense
814

1,271

1,457

  Retention bonus in conjunction with the Acquisition


1,378

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
    Trade and other receivables
(10,405
)
(5,228
)
7,644

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
(5,245
)
(9,303
)
(5,690
)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
12,684

2,212

(40,385
)
Deferred revenue
4,760

(789
)
2,815

Income taxes
378

(71
)
107

Other, net


2

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
53,524

45,217

(1,365
)
Investing activities
 
 
 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
(405
)
(109,406
)

Increase in notes receivable from VCPH Holding LLC


(300
)
Capital expenditures
(48,704
)
(32,661
)
(43,485
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(49,109
)
(142,067
)
(43,785
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continued on next page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-5



 
Year ended December 31,
Year ended December 31,
Year ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
 
Financing activities
 
 
 
Additional capital contribution


2,350

Proceeds from senior notes, including premium or net of original issue discount

41,200


Proceeds from revolving credit facility
15,000

30,000

30,000

Repayment of revolving credit facility
(10,000
)
(60,000
)

Principal repayment of senior term loan
(6,360
)
(6,108
)
(5,332
)
Proceeds from senior term loan related to refinancing

100,000

86,105

Principal repayment of senior term loan related to refinancing


(74,773
)
Premium payment for refinancing the credit facility


(5,760
)
Payment of debt issuance costs
(563
)
(4,095
)

Payment of capital lease obligation
(664
)
(1,659
)
(825
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
(2,587
)
99,338

31,765

Effect of exchange rate changes in cash
(107
)
(139
)
(165
)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
1,721

2,349

(13,550
)
Cash and cash equivalents


 
 
Beginning of period
12,604

10,255

23,805

End of period
$
14,325

$
12,604

$
10,255

Supplemental cash flow disclosures
 
 
 
Interest paid
$
67,939

$
63,258

$
62,095

Income taxes paid
549

232

420

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-6



Truven Holding Corp.
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Equity
(in thousands of dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

 
Common stock
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Total equity (deficit)
Balance at December 31, 2012
$

$
473,364

$
(54,112
)
$

$
419,252

Additional capital contribution

2,350



2,350

Retention bonus in conjunction with the Acquisition

1,378



1,378

Share-based compensation expense

1,457



1,457

Foreign currency translation adjustment



(165
)
(165
)
Net loss


(344,989
)

(344,989
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
$

$
478,549

$
(399,101
)
$
(165
)
$
79,283

Additional capital contribution

3,730



3,730

Share-based compensation expense

1,271



1,271

Foreign currency translation adjustment



(139
)
(139
)
Net loss


(37,022
)

(37,022
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$

$
483,550

$
(436,123
)
$
(304
)
$
47,123

Share-based compensation expense

814



814

Foreign currency translation adjustment



(107
)
(107
)
Net loss


(75,466
)

(75,466
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$

$
484,364

$
(511,589
)
$
(411
)
$
(27,636
)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-7



Truven Holding Corp.
 
Notes to Consolidated and Combined
Financial Statements
(in thousands of dollars, unless otherwise indicated)
1.
Description of Business and Basis of Presentation
Description of the Business
On April 23, 2012, VCPH Holding Corp. (now known as Truven Holding Corp., ("Truven Holding")), an affiliate of Veritas Capital Fund Management, L.L.C. (“Veritas Capital” or the “Sponsor”), entered into the Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement with Thomson Reuters U.S. Inc. (“TRUSI”) and Thomson Reuters Global Resources (“TRGR”), both affiliates of the Thomson Reuters Corporation (“the Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement”), which the Truven Holding assigned to Wolverine Healthcare Analytics, Inc. (“Wolverine”) on May 24, 2012. Wolverine is an affiliate of The Veritas Fund IV, L.P., a fund managed by Veritas Capital. Pursuant to the Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement, on June 6, 2012, Wolverine acquired 100% of the equity interests of Thomson Reuters (Healthcare) Inc. (“TRHI”) from TRUSI and certain other assets and liabilities of the Thomson Reuters Healthcare business from TRGR and its affiliates (the “Prior Acquisition”). Upon the closing of the Prior Acquisition, Wolverine merged with and into TRHI, with TRHI surviving the merger (the “Merger”) as a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of the Truven Holding, and subsequently changed its name to Truven Health Analytics Inc. (“Truven”). Following the Merger, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are owned by Truven, which remains a direct wholly-owned owned subsidiary of the Truven Holding.
Truven provides analytic solutions and service offerings across the full spectrum of healthcare constituents, including state and federal government agencies, hospitals, health systems, employers, health plans, life sciences companies and consumers. Truven operates and manages its business under two reportable segments: Commercial and Government.
Truven Holding was formed on April 20, 2012 by Veritas Capital for the purpose of consummating the Prior Acquisition and has had no operations from inception other than its investment in Truven and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the "Company").
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the results of Truven Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.
Truven Holding is a wholly-owned subsidiary of VCPH Holdings LLC (“Holdings LLC”) and has no operations other than its investment in Truven and its subsidiaries. Therefore, the consolidated financial statements of the Company reflect the financial position and results of operations of Truven.



2.     Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Although these estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current events and actions that the Company may undertake in the future, actual results could differ from those estimates. These estimates include, but are not limited to, allowance for doubtful accounts, realization of deferred tax assets, the determination of fair values used in the assessment of the realizability of long lived assets, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, and purchase accounting.

F-8



Acquisitions
Acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, which requires that the total cost of an acquisition be allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. The excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination is recognized as goodwill. The results of acquired businesses are included in the consolidated and combined financial statements from the dates of acquisition.
Transaction costs that the Company incurs in connection with an acquisition are expensed as incurred. During the measurement period the Company reports provisional information for a business combination if by the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs the accounting is incomplete. The measurement period, however, ends at the earlier of when the acquirer has received all of the necessary information to determine the fair values or one year from the date of the acquisition. The finalization of the valuations may result in the refinement of assumptions that impact not only the recognized value of such assets, but also amortization and depreciation expense. In accordance with ASC 805 and the Company’s policy, any adjustments on finalization of the preliminary purchase accounting are recognized retrospectively from the date of acquisition.
Revenue recognition
The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following four criteria are met:
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;
the fee is fixed or determinable; and
collectability is reasonably assured.
Subscription based products
Subscription revenues from sales of products and services that are delivered under a contract over a period of time are recognized on a straight line basis over the term of the subscription. Where applicable, usage fees above a base period fee are recognized as services are delivered. Subscription revenue received or receivable in advance of the delivery of services or publications is included in deferred revenue.
Multiple element arrangements
The Company’s hosting arrangements are typically comprised of two deliverables: (1) the design, production, testing and installation of the customer's database (implementation phase); and (2) the provision of ongoing data management and support services in conjunction with the licensed data and subscription of software data or application (on-going service phase, hosting or subscription). Such deliverables are accounted for as separate units of accounting. Revenue is allocated to deliverables based upon relative best estimate of selling price (“ESP”). The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which the Company would offer each unit of accounting to customers if each unit were sold regularly on a standalone basis. The Company uses a cost plus a reasonable margin approach to determine ESP for each deliverable. Revenue related to implementation phase is recognized using a proportional performance model, with reference to labor hours. Revenue related to ongoing services, hosting or subscription is recognized on a straight line basis over the applicable service period, provided that all other relevant criteria are met.
Software-related products and services
Certain arrangements include implementation services as well as term licenses to software and other software related elements, such as post contract customer support (PCS). Revenues from implementation services associated with installed software model arrangements are accounted for separately using the proportional performance model, with reference to labor hours as discussed above. However, the software data installed and related PCS deliverable have no separate standalone value to the customers; therefore, revenue cannot be allocated to the individual elements, and as such are deferred until either (a) all elements within the arrangement have been delivered or (b) the undelivered elements within the arrangement qualify under one of the exceptions listed in FASB ASC paragraph 985-605-25-10. Once the initial database or software has been provided to customer and is ready to use, the recognition of revenue for

F-9



the arrangement depends upon whether (and when) the ongoing data management services are considered to be delivered (thus permitting revenue to be recognized ratably over the remainder of the PCS period). The data management services and PCS are both considered to be delivered consistently throughout the contract term (i.e. the data management services and PCS are delivered simultaneously and over an identical period of time), and thus a ratable recognition pattern best approximates the rendering of both services.
If the implementation services do not qualify for separate accounting, they are recognized together with the related software and subscription revenues on a straight line basis over the term of service.
Advertising costs
Costs incurred for producing and communicating advertising are expensed when incurred. Advertising expenses were $4,198 , $3,707 and $2,753 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Research and development costs
Research and development (“R&D”) costs are expensed as incurred. The R&D costs expensed were $1,253, $1,024 and $1,704 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash on deposit in banks. Cash equivalents have original maturities of less than 90 days.
Trade receivables and concentration of credit risk
Trade receivables are classified as current assets and are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company assesses the allowance for doubtful accounts periodically, evaluating general factors such as the length of time individual receivables are past due, historical collection experience, and the economic and competitive environment. Management believes that the allowances at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are adequate to cover potential credit loss.
No single customer or group of related customers accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s trade receivables as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. There was no revenue from a single customer or group of related customers that accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s revenues in the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.
Computer hardware and other property
Computer Hardware and Other Property are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight line basis over the following estimated useful lives:
 
Computer hardware
3-5 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
5-7 years
Leasehold improvements
Lesser of lease term  or
estimated useful life
Developed technology and content
Certain costs incurred in connection with software and data content to be used internally are capitalized once a project has progressed beyond a conceptual, preliminary stage to that of application development stage. Costs that qualify for capitalization include both internal and external costs, but are limited to those that are directly related to a specific project. The capitalized amounts, net of accumulated amortization, are included in “Developed technology and content, net” on the balance sheets.
Developed technology and content is stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is computed based on the expected useful life of three to ten years.

F-10



Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually on November 1 of each year, or more frequently if indications of potential impairment exist. When applicable, the Company performs a qualitative assessment (Step zero analysis) by identifying relevant events and circumstances such as industry specific trends, performance against forecasts and other indicators on a reporting unit level to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two step goodwill impairment test. For purposes of the goodwill impairment test, the reporting units of the Company, represent the components in our Commercial and Government segments that constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. Under the two step approach, the first step is to determine the fair value of the reporting unit. Fair value is determined considering the income approach (discounted cash flow) and market approach. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, this is an indicator that the goodwill assigned to that reporting unit may be impaired. In this case, the second step is to allocate the fair value of the reporting unit to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, as if they had just been acquired in a business combination for the fair value of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts allocated to its assets and liabilities is referred to as the implied fair value of goodwill. The implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is then compared to the actual carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized for that excess.
Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The carrying values of identifiable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The estimated useful lives for these identifiable intangible assets are as follows:
 
Trade names
3-15 years
Customer relationships
3-12 years
Backlog
1- 2 years
Non-compete agreements
2-3 years
 
Impairment of long lived assets
Management evaluates the impairment of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The initial test for impairment compares the carrying amounts with the sum of undiscounted cash flows related to the asset. If the carrying value is greater than the undiscounted cash flows of the asset, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs are incurred to obtain long-term financing and are amortized over the terms of the related debt. The amortization of deferred financing costs is classified as interest expense in the statement of comprehensive loss and totaled $2,984, $2,535 and $2,557 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The unamortized portion of deferred financing costs amounted to $11,226 and $13,648 as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.
Debt and Original Issue Discounts
On initial recognition, debts are measured at face value less original issue discount. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest bearing debts are measured at amortized cost. Original issue discount is amortized based on an effective interest rate method over the term of the debt. Original issue discount is presented net of debt in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
Fair Value Measurement
Fair value is defined under the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the Codification, ASC 820, as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement

F-11



date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value under ASC 820 must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard established a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, as follows:
Level 1-Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. These are typically obtained from real-time quotes for transactions in active exchange markets involving identical assets.
Level 2-Inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, which are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These are typically obtained from readily-available pricing sources for comparable instruments.
Level 3-Unobservable inputs, where there is little or no market activity for the asset or liability. These inputs reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions of the data that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, based on the best information available in the circumstances.
Under the Financial Instruments Topic of the Codification, ASC 825, entities are permitted to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The Company did not elect the fair value measurement option under ASC 825 for any of its financial assets or liabilities.
Share-based compensation plans
Following the Prior Acquisition, the Company’s immediate parent, Holdings LLC, established a compensation award in accordance with the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Holdings LLC (the “Operating Agreement”) to provide Class B and Class B-1 Membership Interests in Holdings LLC to certain executive officers of the Company. The equity awards are accounted for by applying the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), to calculate the effect of such compensation on the Company’s comprehensive loss.
Income taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”).
The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes, which requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be recorded to reflect the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the book and tax basis of various assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established to offset any deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 also provides guidance for how uncertain tax positions should be recognized, measured, presented and disclosed in the financial statements. ASC 740 requires evaluation of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax position is “more likely than not” to be sustained by the applicable tax authority. Interest and penalties arising from an uncertain income tax position is included in our provision for income taxes. The Company did not have any material uncertain tax positions.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, as part of its ongoing efforts to assist in the convergence of GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards, the FASB issued a new standard related to revenue recognition. Under the new standard, recognition of revenue occurs when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The new standard, as currently issued will be effective beginning January 1, 2018. On April 1, 2015, the FASB voted to propose a one‑year deferral to the effective date, but to permit entities to adopt one year earlier if they choose (i.e., the original effective date). The proposal will be subject to the FASB’s due process requirement, which includes a period for public comments. The new standard allows for two methods of adoption: (a) full retrospective adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all periods presented, or (b) modified retrospective adoption, meaning the cumulative effect of applying the new standard is recognized as an adjustment to the opening retained earnings balance. We are in the

F-12



process of determining the adoption method as well as the effects the adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements.
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015‑03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, and in August 2015 issued ASU No. 2015‑15, Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line‑of‑Credit Arrangements. Under ASU 2015‑03, debt issuance costs reported on the consolidated balance sheet would be reflected as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. While ASU 2015‑03 addresses costs related to term debt, ASU No. 2015‑15 provides clarification regarding costs to secure revolving lines of credit, which are, at the outset, not associated with an outstanding borrowing. ASU No.2015‑15 provides commentary that the SEC staff would not object to an entity deferring and presenting costs associated with line‑of‑credit arrangements as an asset and subsequently amortizing them ratably over the term of the revolving debt arrangement. ASU No. 2015‑03 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The new guidance will be applied on a retrospective basis. As this standard impacts only the classification of certain amounts within the consolidated balance sheet, we do not expect this ASU to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015‑16, Business Combinations (Topic 805) - Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement‑Period Adjustments. ASU 2015‑16 requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustments are identified, including the cumulative effect of the change in provisional amount as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. ASU 2015‑16 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and is applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. ASU 2015‑16 may affect our financial statements to the extent we have business combinations in the future.
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17 "Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes." ASU 2015-17 simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes to require that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as non-current in a classified balance sheet. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The new guidance will be applied on a prospective basis upon adoption. As this standard impacts only the classification of certain amounts within the consolidated balance sheet, we do not expect this ASU to have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition.
3.
Acquisitions
Simpler Acquisition
On April 11, 2014, we acquired Simpler Consulting, L.P. and certain of its affiliated entities and persons ("Simpler"). Simpler provides "Lean" enterprise transformation consulting services. This strategic acquisition combines the Company’s market-leading cost and quality analytics in the commercial segment with Simpler’s performance management consulting capabilities to deliver performance improvement solutions to healthcare and commercial customers. Pursuant to the Simpler Purchase Agreement, the Company indirectly acquired all of the outstanding equity of Simpler for a purchase price of $81.1 million, including a working capital adjustment of $1.1 million, and the issuance of equity interests by Holdings LLC, the direct parent of the Company, of $3.7 million to Simpler. The related acquisition costs amounted to $3.6 million. The Company financed the acquisition and related costs and expenses through an increase in the Tranche B Term Loans (the "Supplemental Tranche B Term Loans") (see Note 11). The Company and its affiliates did not assume any indebtedness in connection with the Simpler Transaction.
The following is a summary of the allocation of the purchase price of the Simpler Transaction to the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Simpler Transaction. The allocation of the purchase price is based on management's judgment after evaluating several factors, including a valuation assessment prepared by a third party valuation firm:

F-13



 
Values recognized at acquisition date
Trade and other receivables
$
7,560

Prepaid assets and other current assets
425

Computer hardware and other property
181

Other identifiable intangible assets
47,500

Current liabilities
(2,575
)
Deferred revenue
(600
)
Net assets acquired
52,491

Goodwill on acquisition
28,571

Net consideration
$
81,062

Adjustments recorded since the date of acquisition as result of valuation and management review of certain accounts resulted in an increase of goodwill and current asset of $2.9 million and $0.2 million, respectively, and a corresponding decrease in other identifiable intangible asset of $2.9 million.
Accounts receivable, accounts payable, and liabilities were stated at historical carrying values, given their short-term nature.
 
The Company engaged a third party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair values of other identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, including trademarks and trade names, customer relationships, backlogs, non-compete agreements, and deferred revenue.
Computer hardware and other property have been valued at historical carrying values as management estimated that its replacement costs would not significantly differ from its carrying values.
Trademarks and trade names have been valued using the relief from royalty method under the income approach to estimate the cost savings that accrue to the Company which would otherwise have gone to pay royalties or license fees on revenues earned through the use of the asset. Using this approach, trademarks and trade names were valued at $8.0 million, with estimated useful lives of 13 years.
Customer relationships were determined using an income approach, taking into account the expected revenue growth and attrition rates of the customers and the estimated capital charges for the use of other net tangible and identifiable net intangible assets. Using this approach, customer relationships were assigned a value of $21.4 million, with estimated useful lives of 3 to 9 years.
Backlog was determined using an income approach based on projected backlog as of the acquisition date. Using this approach, backlog was assigned a value of $13.7 million, with an estimated useful life of 1 to 2 years.
Non-compete agreements were determined using an income approach based on projected lost revenue. Using this approach, non-compete agreements were assigned a value of $4.4 million, with estimated useful lives of 2 to 3 years.
Deferred revenue has been valued using a cost build-up approach and is calculated as the cost to fulfill the legal performance obligation plus a reasonable profit margin.
The goodwill recognized upon closing of the acquisition is attributable mainly to the skill of the acquired work force and Simpler’s position as a provider of services to key constituents of the U.S. market. The total goodwill relating to the Simpler Transaction is tax deductible.

Simpler's revenue and net loss for the year ended December 31, 2015, amounted to $61.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively.


F-14



The following unaudited pro forma financial data summarizes the Simpler’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 had the acquisition of Simpler occurred as of January 1, 2013:

 
 
Year ended December 31, 2014
 
Year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
(Unaudited)
Revenues, net
 
$
50,476

 
$
48,264

Net loss
 
(5,983
)
 
(4,468
)


Joan Wellman and Associates, Inc. (JWA) Acquisition
On October 31, 2014, we acquired JWA (the "JWA Transaction"), a company that provides "Lean" healthcare consulting services. Pursuant to the JWA purchase agreement, the Company acquired all of the outstanding equity of JWA for a cash purchase price of $15.3 million, including a $1.2 million working capital adjustment and $0.1 million holdback payment (JWA Transaction). Truven also agreed to pay $1.9 million in three annual payments as compensation to a former major shareholder of JWA who became Truven's employee, as long as the former major shareholder remained with Truven for the next three years. The related acquisition costs amounted to $0.5 million. The Company and its affiliates did not assume any indebtedness in connection with the JWA Transaction. We financed the acquisition and related costs and expenses through the issuance of the Additional Notes.
The table below is a summary of the preliminary allocation of the purchase price of the JWA Transaction to the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on management's judgment after evaluating several factors, including a preliminary valuation assessment prepared by a third party valuation firm. The assets and liabilities and certain estimates and assumptions are subject to change as we obtain additional information during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date. The assets and liabilities pending finalization include the valuation of acquired intangible assets and the assumed deferred revenue, however, management expects that the differences between the preliminary and final valuation would not have a material impact on our future results of operations and financial position.
The preliminary allocation of the purchase price is based on management's judgment after evaluating several factors, including a valuation assessment prepared by a third party valuation firm:
 
Preliminary Values recognized at acquisition date
Trade and other receivables
$
1,462

Prepaid assets and other current assets
41

Computer hardware and other property
17

Other identifiable intangible assets
7,489

Current liabilities
(607
)
Deferred revenue
(126
)
Net assets acquired
8,276

Goodwill on acquisition
7,020

Net consideration
$
15,296


Accounts receivable, accounts payable, liabilities and deferred revenue were stated at historical carrying values, given their short-term nature.
 
The Company engaged a third party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair values of other identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, including trademarks and trade names, customer relationships and backlogs.

F-15



Computer hardware and other property have been valued at historical carrying values as management estimated that its replacement costs would not significantly differ from its carrying values.
Trademarks and trade names have been valued using the relief from royalty method under the income approach to estimate the cost savings that accrue to the Company which would otherwise have gone to pay royalties or license fees on revenues earned through the use of the asset. Using this approach, trademarks and trade names were valued at $0.3 million, with estimated useful lives of 3 to 5 years.
Customer relationships were determined using an income approach, taking into account the expected revenue growth and attrition rates of the customers and the estimated capital charges for the use of other net tangible and identifiable net intangible assets. Using this approach, customer relationships were assigned a value of $6.1 million, with estimated useful lives of 10 to 11 years.
Backlog was determined using an income approach based on projected backlog as of acquisition date. Using this approach, backlog was assigned a value of $1.0 million, with an estimated useful life of 1 year.
The goodwill recognized upon closing of the acquisition is attributable mainly to the skill of the acquired work force and JWA’s position as a provider of services to key constituents of the U.S. market. The total goodwill relating to the JWA Transaction is tax deductible.
JWA's revenue and net income for the year ended December 31, 2015, amounted to $12.7 million and $0.8 million respectively.
The following unaudited pro forma financial data summarizes the JWA's results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 had the acquisition of JWA occurred as of January 1, 2013:

 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2014
 
Year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
(Unaudited)
Revenues, net
 
$
12,014

 
$
11,436

Net Income
 
1,007

 
528

HBE Solutions, LLC ("HBE") Acquisition
On November 12, 2014, Truven consummated the acquisition of HBE, a leading provider of stakeholder information that is essential for life sciences companies to gain drug approval, reimbursement, and adoption, for a cash purchase price of $17.2 million, including negative working capital adjustment of $2.8 million (the "HBE Transaction"). The related acquisition costs amounted to $1.2 million.
The Company financed the acquisition and related costs and expenses through the issuance of the Additional Notes (see Note 11). The Company and its affiliates did not assume any indebtedness in connection with the HBE Transaction.
The table below is a summary of the preliminary allocation of the purchase price of the HBE Transaction to the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on management's judgment after evaluating several factors, including a preliminary valuation assessment prepared by a third party valuation firm. The assets and liabilities and certain estimates and assumptions are subject to change as we obtain additional information during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date. The assets and liabilities pending finalization include the valuation of accounts receivables, acquired intangible assets and the assumed deferred revenue. Differences between the preliminary and final valuation could have a material impact on our future results of operations and financial position.

F-16



 
Preliminary Values recognized at acquisition date
Trade and other receivables
$
7,670

Prepaid assets and other current assets
768

Computer hardware and other property
140

Developed technology and content
4,621

Other identifiable intangible assets
11,278

Other noncurrent assets
67

Current liabilities
(8,604
)
Deferred revenue
(4,249
)
Net assets acquired
11,691

Goodwill on acquisition
5,552

Net consideration
$
17,243


Accounts receivable, accounts payable, and liabilities were stated at historical carrying values, given their short-term nature.
 
The Company engaged a third party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair values of other identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, including trademarks and trade names, customer relationships, non-compete agreements, and deferred revenue.
Computer hardware and other property have been valued at historical carrying values as management estimated that its replacement costs would not significantly differ from its carrying values.
Trademarks and trade names have been valued using the relief from royalty method under the income approach to estimate the cost savings that accrue to the Company which would otherwise have gone to pay royalties or license fees on revenues earned through the use of the asset. Using this approach, trademarks and trade names were valued at $2.5 million, with estimated useful lives of 12 to 14 years.
Customer relationships were determined using an income approach, taking into account the expected revenue growth and attrition rates of the customers and the estimated capital charges for the use of other net tangible and identifiable net intangible assets. Using this approach, customer relationships were assigned a value of $8.8 million, with estimated useful lives of 9 to 11 years.
Deferred revenue has been valued using a cost build-up approach and is calculated as the cost to fulfill the legal performance obligation plus a reasonable profit margin.
The goodwill recognized upon closing of the acquisition is attributable mainly to the skill of the acquired work force and HBE’s position as a provider of services to key constituents of the U.S. market. The total goodwill relating to the HBE Transaction is tax deductible.
HBE's revenue and net loss for the year ended December 31, 2015, amounted to $15.9 million and $3.4 million respectively.
The following unaudited pro forma financial data summarizes the HBE’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 had the acquisition of HBE occurred as of January 1, 2013:



F-17



 
 
Year ended December 31, 2014
 
Year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
(Unaudited)
Revenues, net
 
$
24,600

 
$
18,013

Net Income (loss)
 
1,757

 
(1,150
)


4.
Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables consisted of the following:

 
December 31, 2015

 
December 31, 2014

Trade receivables, gross
$
131,715

 
$
120,983

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts
(1,501
)
 
(1,244
)
Trade receivables, net
130,214

 
119,739

Other receivables
330

 
475

Trade and other receivables, net
$
130,544

 
$
120,214


Other receivables includes notes receivable from Holdings LLC, the direct parent company of Truven Holding. The notes receivable bear interest at a rate per annum of 1.9%. Interest is payable in arrears on each October 15, commencing on October 15, 2014. In lieu of paying in cash for the interest payments, any accrued but unpaid interest shall be capitalized and added as of such interest payment date to the principal amount of the note receivable. At any time, Holdings LLC may redeem all or any part of the note receivable at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus all interest accrued and unpaid through the redemption date. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, notes receivable from Holdings LLC including capitalized interest amounted to $313 and $300, respectively.

5.
Prepaid and other current assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:
 
 
December 31, 2015

 
December 31, 2014

Royalties
$
4,048

 
$
4,094

Commissions and distribution fees
10,266

 
12,758

Services, licenses and maintenance
14,020

 
12,404

Prepaid taxes
133

 
182

Others
948

 
813

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
$
29,415

 
$
30,251


6.
Computer hardware and other property
Computer hardware and other property, net, consisted of the following:


F-18



 
December 31, 2015
 
Computer hardware
 
Building and leasehold improvements
 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
 
Total
Computer hardware and other property, gross
$
84,326

 
$
13,861

 
$
5,485

 
$
103,672

Accumulated depreciation
(62,410
)
 
(1,487
)
 
(1,198
)
 
(65,095
)
Computer hardware and other property, net
$
21,916

 
$
12,374

 
$
4,287

 
$
38,577


 
December 31, 2014
 
Computer hardware
 
Building and leasehold improvements
 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
 
Total
Computer hardware and other property, gross
$
78,502

 
$
5,770

 
$
3,542

 
$
87,814

Accumulated depreciation
(46,089
)
 
(1,910
)
 
(2,380
)
 
(50,379
)
Computer hardware and other property, net
$
32,413

 
$
3,860

 
$
1,162

 
$
37,435


7.
Developed technology and content
Developed technology and content, net, consisted of the following:
 
December 31, 2015

 
December 31, 2014

Developed technology and content, gross
$
248,027

 
$
220,153

Accumulated amortization
(129,897
)
 
(86,075
)
Developed technology and content, net
$
118,130

 
$
134,078


8.
Goodwill
Balances and changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were as follows:


 
Commercial
 
Government
 
Total
Balance as of December 31, 2013
411,977

 
45,700

 
457,677

Acquisitions (see Note 3)
41,143

 

 
41,143

Balance as of December 31, 2014 and 2015
$
453,120

 
$
45,700

 
$
498,820


Goodwill is not amortized. Instead, goodwill is tested for impairment annually as well as whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The goodwill arising from the 2014 Simpler, JWA, and HBE Acquisitions (see Note 3) has been allocated to the Company's reporting units.

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test on November 1, 2015. The fair value of the Company’s reporting units was estimated primarily using a combination of the income approach and the market approach. The Company used discount rates ranging from 12.4% to 15.6% in determining the discounted cash flows for each of our reporting units under the income approach, corresponding to our cost of capital, adjusted for risk where appropriate. In determining estimated future cash flows, current and future levels of income were considered that reflected business trends and market conditions. Under the market approach, the Company estimated the fair value of the reporting units

F-19



based on peer company multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA). The Company also considered the multiples at which businesses similar to the reporting units have been sold or offered for sale. The combined income approach and market approach to determine the fair value of each reporting unit received a weighted percentage of 70% and 30%, respectively, except for the Government reporting unit which received a weighting of 100 % under income approach given the early stage nature of the reporting unit, its earnings are not yet normalized, and that management has the most insight into the future direction of the Government business.
The first step of the Company’s impairment test indicated that the fair value of all the reporting units exceeded its carrying value, therefore no impairment exists as of November 1, 2015.

9.
Other identifiable intangible assets
Other identifiable intangible assets, net, consisted of the following:

 
December 31, 2015
 
Average life (years)
 
Cost
 
Accumulated amortization
 
Net
Customer relationships
11.0
 
$
366,085

 
$
(108,545
)
 
$
257,540

Trademarks and trade names
15.0
 
97,024

 
(21,863
)
 
75,161

Backlog
1.0
 
14,732

 
(14,732
)
 

Non-compete agreements
3.0
 
4,426

 
(3,016
)
 
1,410

 
 
 
$
482,267

 
$
(148,156
)
 
$
334,111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
Average life (years)
 
Cost
 
Accumulated amortization
 
Net
Customer relationships
11.0
 
$
366,085

 
$
(75,756
)
 
$
290,329

Trademarks and trade names
15.0
 
97,024

 
(15,224
)
 
81,800

Backlog
1.0
 
14,732

 
(7,160
)
 
7,572

Non-compete agreements
3.0
 
4,426

 
(1,248
)
 
3,178

 
 
 
$
482,267

 
$
(99,388
)
 
$
382,879


Customer relationships represent corporate customer contracts and customer relationships arising from such contracts with the majority of revenues recurring year over year.
Trade names include Advantage Suite, Care Discovery, Micromedex, Simpler, JWA and Heartbeat Experts among many of the Company’s product names and brand logos recognized in the U.S. market.
At December 31, 2015, estimated future amortization expense for the next five years is $40.8 million for 2016, $39.4 million for 2017, $39.1 million for 2018, $38.9 million for 2019 and $38.9 million for 2020.




F-20



10.
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of the following:
 
 
December 31, 2015

 
December 31, 2014

Accounts payable - trade
$
37,153

 
$
33,450

Accrued employee compensation
29,400

 
19,921

Accrued royalties
3,011

 
3,627

Accrued professional fees
3,153

 
3,756

Accrued interest
3,330

 
3,330

Accrued lease termination expense (Note 14)
2,100

 

Customer deposits
152

 
180

Other accrued expenses
3,568

 
2,964

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
81,867

 
$
67,228


11.
Long-Term Debt

The Company's long-term debt consists of the following:

December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014

Senior Credit Facility

 

Term Loan Facility (net of $10,852 and $14,035 discount, respectively)
$
607,668

 
$
610,845

Revolving Credit Facility
5,000

 


 
 
 
10.625% Senior Notes ("the Notes") (net of $1,187 and $1,455 discount, respectively)
325,963

 
325,695

10.625% Additional Senior Notes (the Additional Notes) (including $963 and $1,182 premium, respectively)
40,963

 
41,182


979,594

 
977,722

Less: current portion of long-term debt
6,360

 
6,360

Long-term debt
$
973,234

 
$
971,362

In connection with the Prior Acquisition, on June 6, 2012, Truven entered into the Senior Credit Facility and issued the 10.625% Senior Notes ("Notes") on November 12, 2012, and, in connection with the JWA Transaction and the HBE Transaction, Truven issued $40 million aggregate principal amount of additional notes (the "Additional Notes"). Truven financed the Simpler Transaction and related costs and expenses through a $100.0 million increase in the Tranche B Term Loans under the Senior Credit Facility. Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the 10.625% Senior Notes, Series A, issued in a private offering under an indenture, dated June 6, 2012 (the "Old Notes"), the 10.625% Senior Notes, Series B (the "Exchange Notes") and the Additional Notes are collectively and individually defined as the "Notes".

Senior Credit Facility due 2019
The Senior Credit Facility, as amended on August 21, 2015, is with a syndicate of banks and other financial institutions and provides financing of up to $679.7 million, consisting of the $629.7 million Term Loan Facility with a maturity date of June 6, 2019 and the $50.0 million Revolving Credit Facility with a maturity date of June 6, 2017. As of December 31, 2015, the Company has $5.0 million of outstanding revolving loan and has outstanding letters of credit

F-21



amounting to $7.5 million, which, while not drawn, reduce the available line of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility to $37.5 million.

Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility, other than swing line loans, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at Truven’s option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (3) the one month Eurodollar rate plus 1.00%; provided, that the base rate for the Term Loan Facility at any time shall not be less than 2.25%, or (b) a Eurodollar rate adjusted for statutory reserve requirements for a one, two, three or six month period (or a nine or twelve month interest period if agreed to by all applicable lenders); provided that the Eurodollar base rate used to calculate the Eurodollar rate for the Term Loan Facility at any time shall not be less than 1.25%. Swing line loans will bear interest at the interest rate applicable to base rate loans, plus an applicable margin. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Credit Facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate equal to 0.50% (subject to reduction upon attainment of certain leverage ratios). We will also pay customary letter of credit fees and certain other agency fees. Truven may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the Senior Credit Facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to adjusted LIBOR loans. Following the Third Amendment (the "Third Amendment") to the Senior Credit Facility to increase the "Tranche B Term Loans" by $100 million as discussed below, we are required to repay $1.6 million of the Term Loan Facility quarterly, through March 31, 2019, with any remaining balance due June 6, 2019.

All obligations under the Senior Credit Facility are guaranteed by Truven Holding and each of Truven's existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. During 2014, all domestic subsidiaries acquired by the Company became guarantors under the Senior Credit Facility (see Notes 20). All obligations under the Senior Credit Facility and the guarantees of those obligations are collateralized by first priority security interests in substantially all of Truven's assets as well as those of each guarantor (subject to certain limited exceptions).
The Senior Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, Truven’s ability and the ability of each of any restricted subsidiaries: to sell assets, incur additional indebtedness, prepay other indebtedness (including the Notes), pay dividends and distributions or repurchase its capital stock, create liens on assets, make investments, make certain acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, amend certain charter documents and material agreements governing subordinated indebtedness, change the business conducted by it and its subsidiaries, and enter into agreements that restrict dividends from subsidiaries.

In addition, the Senior Credit Facility requires Truven to comply with a quarterly maximum consolidated senior secured leverage ratio provided for in the Senior Credit Facility as long as the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility remain outstanding (subject to certain limited exceptions). The Senior Credit Facility also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default. As of December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all of these credit facility covenants.

On April 11, 2014, certain wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company entered into the Purchase Agreement with Simpler (see Note 3). In connection with the Simpler purchase agreement, Truven entered into the Third Amendment to our Senior Credit Facility. The Third Amendment provided for a $100.0 million increase in the Tranche B Term Loans, and increased the total amount available under the Senior Credit Facility to $679.7 million, consisting of a $629.7 million Term Loan Facility and a $50.0 million revolving credit facility (which remained unchanged).
On April 11, 2014, the Company borrowed the entire $100.0 million principal amount of the Supplemental Tranche B Term Loans to finance the acquisition of Simpler, repay outstanding loans of $15.0 million in aggregate principal amount under its Revolving Credit Facility and pay fees and expenses relating to the acquisition of Simpler. Under the terms of the Third Amendment, the Company must repay the principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loans in twenty consecutive quarterly installments beginning on June 30, 2014 and continuing through March 31, 2019 in the amount of $1.6 million each, and a final installment on June 6, 2019 in the amount of $597.8 million. The terms and conditions that apply to the Supplemental Tranche B Term Loans under the Third Amendment are substantially the same as the terms and conditions that apply to the existing Tranche B Term Loans under the Senior Credit Facility. In addition,

F-22



the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio applicable to the Company was increased for certain periods from 2014 to 2016. During 2014, all domestic subsidiaries acquired by the Company became guarantors under the Senior Credit Facility (see Note 20).

On August 21, 2015, the Company entered into a Fourth Amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement that increased the applicable maximum Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio starting from the third quarter of 2015 through the maturity of the Senior Credit Agreement. All the other terms under the Senior Credit Agreement remained unchanged.


Refinancing

On April 26, 2013, we entered into the Second Amendment to the Senior Credit Facility (referred to as the "April 2013 Refinancing") with a syndicate of banks and other financial institutions to (i) increase the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan Facility from $523.7 million to $535.0 million, (ii) reduce the applicable margin by 1.25%, (iii) with respect to the Term Loan Facility, determine the applicable margin in accordance with a pricing grid based on our consolidated total leverage ratio following delivery of financial statements at the end of each fiscal year or quarter, as applicable, after the second quarter of fiscal year 2013, (iv) revise the quarterly principal payments from $1,319.0 to $1,337.5 starting in June 30, 2013 and (v) extend the 1% re-pricing call protection from June 6, 2013 to October 26, 2013. There were no other changes in the terms and conditions. The loans with certain lenders in the bank syndicate had been determined to be extinguished under FASB ASC Topics 470-50, Modifications and Extinguishments. As a result, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment on certain debt amounting to $3.3 million during the period, representing unamortized debt discount, unamortized debt issue costs and certain costs related to the extinguished debt. The loss on early extinguishment of debt is included in interest expense in the consolidated comprehensive loss.

In connection with the April 2013 Refinancing, the Company incurred lenders' fees of $6.7 million, representing call premium. Of the $6.7 million, $5.8 million was recorded as part of original issue discount and presented as net of debt in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013. Other third party costs of $0.1 million, representing legal costs, were recorded as an expense for the period ended December 31, 2013.

The remaining lenders' fees of $0.9 million related to the debt extinguished has been expensed as part of interest expense in the condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 and is presented under cash flows from operating activities in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows for year ended December 31, 2013.

On August 21, 2015, the Company entered into a Fourth Amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement (referred to as the "August 2015 Refinancing") that increased the applicable maximum Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio starting from the third quarter of 2015 through the maturity of the Senior Credit Agreement. All the other terms under the Senior Credit Agreement remained unchanged. In connection with the August 2015 refinancing, the Company incurred $0.6 million, representing third party costs which was recorded as part of deferred finance costs in the Company's consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015.

10.625% Senior Notes due 2020

Old or Exchange Notes

Notes were issued on June 6, 2012, under an indenture (the "Indenture", as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, whereby Truven became a party to the Indenture as successor in interest to Wolverine, and the Second Supplemental Indenture), with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as trustee, bear interest at a rate of 10.625% per annum, payable on June 1 and December 1 of each year, and have a maturity date of June 1, 2020.
 
The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of Truven, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis by the Company and each of Truven’s existing and future wholly-owned domestic

F-23



restricted subsidiaries that is a borrower under or that guarantees the obligations under the Senior Credit Facility or any other indebtedness of Truven or any other guarantor.

On June 5, 2013, we entered into the Second Supplemental Indenture, to amend that certain guarantee release provision in the Indenture, to allow subsidiary guarantors and not Truven Holding to be released from their obligations under the Indenture upon the release or discharge of such guarantor’s guarantee of the Senior Credit Facility or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the guarantee under the Indenture (subject to certain limitations).

Truven may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time prior to June 1, 2016 at 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the applicable premium pursuant to the Indenture as of the applicable redemption date, plus accrued and unpaid interest and any additional interest to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. Truven may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time on or after June 1, 2016 at 105.313% of the principal amount thereof, declining ratably to 100% of the principal amount thereof on or after June 1, 2018, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest and any additional interest to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. If Truven experiences a change of control (as defined in the Indenture), it will be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and any additional interest, to, but excluding, the date of purchase.

The Indenture contains covenants limiting Truven and its restricted subsidiaries with respect to other indebtedness, investments, liens, dividends, purchases or redemptions of stock, transactions with affiliates and mergers and sales of assets. The Indenture also contains covenants limiting the ability of wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries to guarantee payment of any indebtedness of Truven or any subsidiary guarantor and limiting the Company's business and operations. Following our series of acquisitions in 2014, all the domestic subsidiaries we acquired became guarantors of the Notes as a result of the guarantees of the Senior Credit Facility provided by such subsidiaries. The guarantees were entered into pursuant to the Third, Fourth and Sixth Supplemental Indentures. We were in compliance with all of these covenants as of December 31, 2015.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement dated June 6, 2012 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), we exchanged the Old Notes (and related guarantees) for the Exchange Notes.

Additional Notes

The Additional Notes were issued pursuant to the Indenture dated June 6, 2012 governing the Old Notes and, together with the Additional Notes, the "Notes"), as supplemented by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 12, 2014 (the "Fifth Supplemental Indenture") by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The Additional Notes form a single series with the Old Notes and have the same terms as the Old Notes and rank equal in right of payments.
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the Additional Notes, we exchanged the Old Notes (and related guarantees) for the Exchange Notes.
As of December 31, 2015, principal maturities of long-term debt for the next five years and thereafter consist of:

2016
$
6,360

2017
6,360

2018
6,360

2019
593,588

2020
366,926

 
$
979,594

 
 

F-24



12.
Employee benefit plans

Truven's employees is eligible to participate in 401(K) defined contribution plan. Under the plan, employees may contribute a percentage of compensation and Truven will match a portion of the employees’ contribution. Truven’s contribution to the plan for the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 amounted to $7,735, $6,946 and $6,975 respectively. Truven does not offer any defined benefit plan, post-retirement healthcare benefit plan or deferred compensation plan.

13.     Share-based Compensation

In October 2012, Truven Holding’s immediate parent, Holdings LLC, established a compensation award in accordance with the Operating Agreement to provide Class B Membership Interests in Holdings LLC to certain executive officers of the Company, up to 6.25% in the aggregate. On April 11, 2014, Holdings LLC amended the Operating Agreement to provide Class B-1 Membership Interests in Holdings LLC to Simpler executives. Class B and B-1 membership interests ("Membership Interests") will both vest 20% on each of the first five anniversaries, subject to certain conditions. In addition, 100% of Membership Interests may vest in certain circumstances in connection with a change in control as defined in the Operating Agreement. Each Membership Interest has the right to receive a percentage of the distribution made by Holdings LLC when the distribution is actually made if such distributions exceed specified internal rates of return thresholds.

There are transfer restrictions on the Membership Interests and the executive officers would forfeit the unvested interest upon termination of employment. A summary of the Membership Interests is as follows:

 
Class B
 
Class B-1
 
Ownership interest (%)
 
Fair value at grant date
 
Ownership interest (%)
 
Fair value at grant date
Balance at December 31, 2013
4.6

 
$
6,374

 

 
$

Granted

 

 
0.9

 
1,067

Forfeited
(0.2
)
 
(274
)
 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014
4.4

 
$
6,100

 
0.9

 
$
1,067

Granted

 

 
0.8

 
869

Forfeited
(0.1
)
 
(189
)
 
(0.3
)
 
(403
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
4.3

 
$
5,911

 
1.4

 
$
1,533

Outstanding and vested as of December 31, 2015
2.5

 
$
3,503

 
0.2

 
$
213


The fair value at the date of grant was based upon the value of the Membership Interests of Holdings LLC less a marketability discount since there is no active market to trade Membership Interests. The marketability discount was determined using a geometric average rate put option model and a Black-Scholes put option model using the expected term, risk-free rate, and volatility for liquidity terms. The value was determined as of the grant date based upon a number of factors, including the amount of investment made in exchange for Membership Interests of Holdings LLC by Veritas Capital and certain members of management of the Company.

The Company recognized compensation expense against additional paid in capital of $814, $1,271 and $1,457 net of an estimated forfeiture rate of 15%, 10% and 10%, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which is recorded in General and administrative expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

The total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested Membership Interests expected to be recognized over the next 4.5 years is $2,456.

F-25




As of December 31, 2015, 2.7% of Membership Interests had vested with an estimated fair value of $2,992.




14.
Other Operating Expenses
The components of other operating expenses include the following:

 
Year ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
 
Acquisition related costs and other transaction related costs
$
16,069

$
10,662

$
27,007

Severance and retention bonuses
2,047

2,541

3,808

Lease termination expense
2,477



Legal settlements
1,425



Asset write-offs
6,000

4,706

1,294

Sponsor fee
2,856

2,875

2,929

Total other operating expenses
$
30,874

$
20,784

$
35,038


Acquisition related costs and other transaction related costs included direct costs on acquisitions, costs incurred related to technology and other costs in connection with the Company's business integration and process improvements. For the year ended December 31, 2015, acquisition related costs and other transaction related costs included $3.7 million of acquisition related cost, $12.3 million of various professional fees related to business integration and process improvements related to sales force, order to cash and various infrastructure and system process enhancements. For the year ended December 31, 2014, acquisition related costs and other transaction costs primarily included $5.2 million of professional fees directly related to the various acquisitions (see Note 3), $2.1 million of costs related to business improvement processes, $1.2 million of losses on discontinued projects, $0.7 million of costs associated with data migration and $1.5 million of various nonrecurring professional fees and consulting fees in expanding our business and operations. For the year ended December 31, 2013, acquisition related costs included $12.9 million of expenses incurred mainly as a result of separating our IT infrastructure from Predecessor Parent, $9.2 million of costs related to the transitional services agreement with Thomson Reuters, and $4.9 million related to rebranding, consulting and other professional fees.

Severance and retention expense in 2015 primarily relates to elimination of certain positions in finance and sales as part of our continued effort to remove duplicate positions as a result of continued business integration and process improvements. Severance expense in 2014 primarily relates to compensation for certain positions that were eliminated as part of the change in the Company's operating segment structure to enable us to more effectively focus on business and market facing opportunities and to simplify our business decision-making process. Severance and retention bonuses in 2013 primarily relate to the Prior Acquisition of TRHI. On March 31, 2012, the Predecessor Parent entered into Retention Agreements with key TRHI employees in conjunction with the disposal of the business. The compensation expense was recorded in the period when the service was performed and was allocated in proportion to the days of service. For the year ended December 31, 2013 Truven recorded $1.4 million of retention and bonus expense, against Additional Paid In Capital in the Equity section of the consolidated balance sheet. The compensation paid by Predecessor Parent on behalf of Truven was deemed a capital contribution.

Lease termination expense represents the estimated liability for costs that we will continue to incur under a non-cancellable lease contract that was terminated as of December 2015 ("the cease-use date"). As part of a cost rationalization plan, we decided to early terminate the space at 777 Eisenhower and occupy a new building leased within the area that will result in future costs savings. The fair value of the liability at the cease-use date was determined

F-26



based on the remaining lease rentals, adjusted for the effects of any prepaid or deferred items recognized under the lease, and reduced by estimated sublease rentals that could be reasonably obtained for the property.

Legal settlements represents certain accruals to a settlement of a legal case in the normal course of business.

Asset write-offs represents the losses recognized from the revenue share arrangement with a certain supplier. On January 1, 2013, the Company modified its agreement with a supplier under which it markets and licenses to its customers a private label version of the supplier's platform solution in conjunction with the Company's health information applications. The agreement contains a revenue share arrangement based on net revenue targets. The supplier's revenue share percentage is guaranteed by the Company in the minimum amounts of $2 million, $4 million and $6 million, for the calendar years 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The guaranteed revenue share is paid in advance by the Company on March 1st of each calendar year and is applied against the revenue share of the supplier earned through March 1st of the following calendar year. The agreement provides a grace period for the Company of up to August 31st of the following calendar year in the event that the supplier's revenue share earned does not reach the prepayment amount. After the grace period, if the revenue share earned does not meet the minimum target then the entire prepayment amount is deemed earned by the supplier. The write-offs for each of the periods presented represents the prepaid balance written off as it was determined that the estimated revenue share of the supplier will not be met within the grace period. As of December 31, 2015, there are no prepaid revenue share balances on the Company's balance sheet.

The Sponsor advisory fees represent fees paid to the Sponsor under the advisory agreement the Company entered into with the Sponsor in connection with the Prior Acquisition (see Note 18).

15.
Income Taxes
The components of income tax expense are as follows:
 
Years ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
Current
 
 
 
Federal
$

$

$

State
142

(54
)
235

Foreign
744

232

236

 
886

178

471

 
 
 
 

Deferred
 
 
 
Federal

(17,992
)
(75,817
)
State

(4,745
)
(9,472
)
Foreign

(127
)
(109
)
 

(22,864
)
(85,398
)
Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes
$
886

$
(22,686
)
$
(84,927
)







U.S. and foreign earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows:

F-27



 
Years ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
U.S.
$
(75,485
)
$
(60,000
)
$
(430,895
)
Foreign
906

292

979

Total
$
(74,579
)
$
(59,708
)
$
(429,916
)

The tax effects of the significant components of temporary differences giving rise to the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:  

 
December 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Allowance for doubtful accounts and other reserves
$
580

 
$
478

Net operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards
101,886

 
84,597

Prepaid expenses
85

 
315

Accrued expenses
4,459

 
703

Goodwill
16,233

 
29,314

Deferred rent
4,024

 
1,665

Other
3,439

 
3,313

 


 
 
Total deferred tax assets
130,706

 
120,385

 


 
 
Other identifiable intangible assets
(94,756
)
 
(109,310
)
Trade and other receivables
(1,400
)
 
(1,209
)
Debt exchange
(3,487
)
 
(4,484
)
Other long-lived assets
(1,934
)
 
(4,108
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
(101,577
)
 
(119,111
)
Net deferred tax assets
29,129

 
1,274

Valuation allowance
(29,129
)
 
(1,274
)
 
$

 
$

The deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified in the consolidated and combined balance sheets based on the balance sheet classification of the related assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are shown net of one another if they are in the same jurisdiction. The components of the net deferred tax liabilities as reported on the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:  
 
December 31,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
Current deferred tax asset
$
2,838

 
$
621

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
(2,838
)
 
(621
)
Net deferred tax asset (liabilities)
$

 
$

As of December 31, 2015, the Company has $2.2 million of unremitted earnings from its foreign subsidiaries. Although the Company’s intention is to indefinitely reinvest in its foreign subsidiaries, these unremitted earnings have been subject to U.S. taxation in accordance with tax law and, consequently, a deferred tax liability is not recorded.
Pursuant to the Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement form the Prior Acquisition, Thomson Reuters Corporation (the "Predecessor Parent"), has provided an indemnity for all tax liabilities that relate to periods prior to June 7, 2012, including any taxes assessed that are directly attributable to cash received by the Predecessor Parent, but only if and to the extent such taxes result in an increase in cash taxes actually paid by Truven in any Successor tax period.

F-28



The Company assesses the realization of its deferred tax assets and the need for a valuation allowance on a standalone basis. The assessment requires judgment on the part of management with respect to benefits that could be realized from future taxable income, as well as other positive and negative factors influencing the realization of deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $29.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was an increase of $27.9 million and an increase of $1.3 million, respectively. Federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”) carry forwards at December 31, 2015 were $258.1 million and $215.4 million, respectively. The federal NOL carry forward starts to expire in 2032. The state NOL carry forwards started to expire in 2014. Certain state NOL will expire at various times between 2015 and 2034. Certain state NOL’s are subject to the limitation rule in accordance with Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.
A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:
 
 
Years ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
Income taxes at federal statutory rate
35.0%
35.0%
35.0%
State and local tax
3.7
2.7
2.1
Foreign rate differential
0.4
0.2
0.1
State rate changes
(0.7)
2.3
(0.7)
Non-deductible expenses
(1.5)
(0.9)
Goodwill impairment charge
(17.0)
Research and foreign tax credit
0.4
1.2
0.2
Others
(1.1)
(0.3)
Valuation allowance
(37.4)
(2.1)
Effective rate
(1.2)%
38.0%
19.7%

16.     Commitment and Contingencies
Leases

Operating Leases
The Company occupies certain facilities and uses operating equipment under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements expiring at various dates through 2021. Future minimum lease payments under these operating leases are as follows:
For the period ending December 31,
 
2016
$
7,119

2017
8,145

2018
7,810

2019
7,599

2020
6,756

Thereafter
14,741

 
$
52,170

 
 
Rent expense was $11.7 million, $11.0 million, $11.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 respectively.

F-29



Capital Leases
During 2013, the Company entered into certain computer hardware lease arrangements that are classified as capital leases. The net book value of the computer hardware classified as capital leases included in the computer hardware and other property account in the balance sheet amounted to $2.8 million, net of accumulated depreciation of $1.7 million.

Future minimum lease payments under these capital leases are as follows:
For the period ending December 31,
 
2016
$
696

2017
759

Total future minimum lease payments
1,455

Less imputed interest
80

Present value of future minimum lease payments
$
1,375

Security and Guarantee Agreements
The Company has entered into guarantee and security arrangements in respect of its indebtedness as described in Note 11.
Litigation and Legal Proceedings
Truven has been named as a defendant in approximately 225 separate pharmaceutical tort lawsuits relating to the use of Reglan or its generic version, the first of which was filed in 2010 and the rest of which were filed by March 2012. All of these actions are pending in the Court of Common Pleas in Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania. In these matters, the plaintiffs allege that they sustained various injuries (including neurological disorders) as a result of their ingestion of Reglan. While a host of drug manufacturers and pharmacies are named as defendants in each of the suits, claims have also been asserted against so-called “Patient Education Monograph” (“PEM”) defendants, including us. It is generally alleged in all of the actions that certain PEM defendants provided Reglan patient drug information to pharmacies which, in turn, provided that drug information to the pharmacies' customers, the plaintiffs in these actions. Plaintiffs further allege that the PEM defendants' patient drug information did not provide adequate warning information about the use of Reglan. Other PEM defendants have also been named in these and other similar actions. In general, the lawsuits have been procedurally consolidated in Philadelphia as mass tort actions. To date, none of the actions against Truven specifically identifies Truven as the author of a PEM that was supplied to a plaintiff. Instead, plaintiffs in these cases allege only that they read an unnamed PEM and, in effect, that it must have been published by at least one of the PEM defendants named in the action.

Along with other PEM defendants, Truven made one dispositive motion to dismiss all the actions. While that motion to dismiss has been denied, it was without prejudice, permitting Truven to renew at a later stage in the litigation.

Appeals by the co-defendant generic drug company defendants have been exhausted as of May 18, 2015, and there has been no active discovery involving Truven to date. At this time, we believe that we have meritorious defenses to the claims in each of these actions.


Pacific Alliance Medical Center (“PAMC”) claimed in 2007 that we failed to properly submit some of PAMC’s data, resulting in denial of Medicare reimbursement to PAMC in the approximate amount of $600,000. PAMC was denied relief by administrative agencies and appealed to the U.S. District Court in the Central District of California for judicial review, which was denied. PAMC later appealed to and was denied relief by the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. Following the exhaustion of its appeals, PAMC filed a multi-count complaint against Truven in November, 2015 which we expect to vigorously defend.

Truven filed U.S. trademark applications for the trademarks Truven Health Analytics and Truven Health Unify. In May, 2013 and March, 2014, respectively, Truveris, Inc. (“Truveris”) filed notices of opposition against these applications

F-30



in the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board of the United States Patent and Trademark Office alleging that the Truven Health Analytics and Truven Health Unify applications create a likelihood of confusion with Truveris’s alleged common law trademark Truveris as well as its registered trademarks Trubid, Truguard, Trubuy, Trureport and Trurxpay. Truveris has also alleged that Truven’s use of the Truven alleged mark is likely to cause confusion with Truveris’s alleged trademark. The parties settled this dispute in January, 2016.
The Company is involved in other litigation proceedings arising from the normal course of its operations. As of December 31, 2015, other than the Truveris case discussed above, no reserves were recorded based on the determination by management and our legal advisors that liability arising out of such proceedings is not probable and the amount of loss, if any, cannot be reasonably estimated. While it is not possible to predict the outcome of any of these proceedings, the Company’s management, in conjunction with its legal advisors, based on its assessment of the facts and circumstances now known, does not believe that any of these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

17.    Segment Information
The determination of reportable segments was based on the discrete financial information provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (the "CODM"). The Chief Executive Officer has the authority for resource allocation and assessment of the Company’s performance and is, therefore, the CODM. The Company’s segment structure enables us to more effectively focus on business and market facing opportunities and to simplify our business decision-making process. The Company's reportable segments are as follows:
Commercial

Our Commercial segment provides analytics solutions and services to improve the cost, quality and effectiveness of healthcare for commercial organizations across the healthcare industry including, for example, providers, integrated delivery networks, insurers, professional services organizations, healthcare exchanges corporations and life sciences companies.
Government

Our Government segment provides integrated analytics solutions and services to improve the cost, quality and effectiveness of healthcare for federal and state government channels including, for example, CMS and state Medicaid agencies and federally owned and operated healthcare facilities. Our sales and client services are tailored to meet the specific procurement, sales and support requirements of the government market.

The CODM evaluated the performance of our segments based on segment operating income (loss), which is calculated internally as net sales, less cost of operations (including allocation of technology costs), selling and marketing, and general and administrative expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization.
Center/shared services consist of items that are not directly attributable to reportable segments, such as corporate administrative costs and elimination of intercompany transactions. Additionally, corporate expenses may include other non-recurring or non-operational activity that the CODM excludes in assessing operating segment performance. These expenses, along with depreciation and amortization, other operating income/expense and other non-operating activity such as interest expense/income, are not considered in the measure of the segments’ operating performance, but are shown herein as reconciling items to the Company’s consolidated loss before income taxes.
The accounting policies for the reportable segments are the same as those for the consolidated Company. The Company’s operations and customers are based primarily in the United States.
Segment information for the years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, are as follows:

F-31



 
Year ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Revenue
 
Segment operating income
 
Revenue
 
Segment operating income
 
Revenue
 
Segment operating income
Commercial
$
499,041

 
$
166,140

 
$
446,500

 
$
156,900

 
$
394,896

 
$
140,173

Government
113,247

 
8,519

 
98,282

 
7,043

 
97,806

 
11,053

Segment totals
612,288

 
174,659

 
544,782

 
163,943

 
492,702

 
151,226

Center/Shared Services
(1,573
)
 
(28,554
)
 
(307
)
 
(25,817
)
 

 
(21,264
)
Segment operating income
$
610,715

 
$
146,105

 
$
544,475

 
$
138,126

 
$
492,702

 
$
129,962

Segment operating margin percentage
 
 
24
%
 
 
 
25
%
 
 
 
26
%

The following table reconciles segment operating income per the reportable segment information to loss before income taxes per the consolidated and combined statements of comprehensive loss.
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
 
 
 
 
Segment operating income
$
146,105

$
138,126

$
129,962

Depreciation
(21,197
)
(22,350
)
(21,219
)
Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets
(48,769
)
(45,402
)
(34,460
)
Amortization of developed technology and content
(43,821
)
(38,752
)
(31,894
)
Goodwill impairment


(366,662
)
Other operating expenses
(30,874
)
(20,784
)
(35,038
)
Operating income
1,444

10,838

(359,311
)
Interest expense
(74,219
)
(69,616
)
(70,581
)
Other finance costs
(1,805
)
(930
)
(24
)
Loss before income taxes
$
(74,580
)
$
(59,708
)
$
(429,916
)

Reportable segment asset information is not disclosed because it is not reviewed by the CODM for purposes of evaluating performance and allocating resources.

18.
Related Party Transactions
The Company entered into an advisory agreement with the Sponsor, under which the Sponsor provided certain advisory services to the Company. As compensation for the services, the Company paid a transaction fee at the closing of the Prior Acquisition and will continue to pay the Sponsor an annual advisory fee which will be equal to an aggregate amount equal to the greater of (i) $2.5 million and (ii) 2.0% of consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement governing our Senior Credit Facility), as well as transaction fees on future acquisitions, divestitures, financings and liquidity events, which will be determined based upon aggregate equity investments at the time of such future events or on the value of the transaction. For the years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company recorded an expense of $2.9 million, 2.9 million and $2.9 million respectively, which represented the Sponsor advisory fee and is presented within other operating expenses in the Company's consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. As of December 31, 2015, the Company has a prepaid sponsor fee of $1.0 million included in the prepaid account and other current assets account in the balance sheet.
After the Prior Acquisition, the Company continued to receive certain administrative services (including facilities management, human resource management, finance and accounting operations, treasury, sourcing and procurement and IT services, among other services necessary for the conduct of the business) from Thomson Reuters under the terms of the Transitional Services Agreement. Such services are reflected as third-party activity in the financial statements.

F-32



In the fourth quarter of 2013, we completed our administrative infrastructure, and most of these functions have been assumed by us or by third parties on our behalf including the hosting services of certain technology infrastructure. The expense incurred under this service agreement for the year ended December 31, 2013, totaled $10.5 million, which is included in the other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.
The Company had a sublease arrangement with Thomson Reuters U.S. Inc. as part of the reverse transitional services agreement entered into in connection with the Prior Acquisition which ended on March 31, 2015. The sublease income recognized for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 totaled $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively. These were recorded as a reduction to general and administrative expense in the Company's consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

During 2013, the Company received $2.4 million of additional capital contribution from Holdings LLC, its direct parent company.

On October 11, 2013, the Company received a note receivable of $0.3 million from Holdings LLC, the direct parent of Truven Holding. The note receivable bears interest at a rate per annum of 1.9%. Interest is payable in arrears on each October 15, commencing on October 15, 2014. In lieu of paying in cash for the interest payments, any accrued but unpaid interest shall be capitalized and added as of such interest payment date to the principal amount of the note receivable. At any time, Holdings LLC may redeem all or any part of the note receivable at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus all interest accrued and unpaid through the redemption date. The note receivable is included in trade and other receivables account in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (see Note 4).
On April 11, 2014, as part of the Simpler Transaction, the Company paid a transaction fee of $1.5 million to the Sponsor. As part of the Simpler Transaction (see Note 3), the issuance by Holdings LLC of $3.7 million of equity interests to Simpler has been accounted for as additional capital contribution. In addition, the company recorded a transaction fee expense of $0.5 million related to the HBE and JWA transactions in November, 2014.

19.     Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is defined under the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the Codification, FASB ASC 820, as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value under FASB ASC 820 must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard established a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, as follows:

• Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. These are typically obtained from real-time quotes for transactions in active exchange markets involving identical assets.

• Level 2—Inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, which are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These are typically obtained from readily-available pricing sources for comparable instruments.

• Level 3—Unobservable inputs, where there is little or no market activity for the asset or liability. These inputs reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions of the data that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, based on the best information available in the circumstances.

Under the Financial Instruments Topic of the Codification, ASC 825, entities are permitted to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The Company did not elect the fair value measurement option under ASC 825 for any of its financial assets or liabilities.

For purposes of financial reporting, the Company has determined that the fair value of financial instruments including accounts receivable and accounts payable approximates carrying value at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

F-33




At December 31, 2015, the carrying amounts and fair values of the Senior Credit Facility, Revolving Credit Facility and 10.625% Senior Notes were as follows:


 
 
 
Fair values
 
Carrying amounts
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
      Senior Term Loan
$
612,668

 
$

601,697

$

      10.625% Senior Notes
366,926

 

368,986


At December 31, 2014, the carrying amounts and fair values of the Senior Term Loan and 10.625% Senior Notes were as follows:
 
 
 
Fair values
 
Carrying amounts
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
      Senior Term Loan
$
610,845

 
$

$
603,009

$

      10.625% Senior Notes
366,877

 

357,971



Our level 2 inputs are determined based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant inputs are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the liabilities. Where applicable, these models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using market-based observable inputs including interest rate curves.


20.     Supplemental Guarantor Financial Information

Truven has issued the Notes as further described in Note 11. The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis by Truven Holding Corp. and each of Truven’s existing and future 100% owned domestic restricted subsidiaries that is a borrower under or that guarantees the obligations under the Senior Credit Facility or any other indebtedness of Truven or any other guarantor. All obligations under the Senior Credit Facility are also guaranteed by Truven Holding Corp. and each of Truven’s 100% owned domestic subsidiaries. All obligations under the Senior Credit Facility and the guarantees of those obligations are secured by first priority security interests in substantially all of Truven’s assets, as well as those of each guarantor (subject to certain limited exceptions).

Prior to the series of acquisitions during 2014, the separate financial statements and the condensed consolidating and combining financial information about the comprehensive loss, financial position and cash flows of the Parent, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the non-Guarantors, and eliminations were not presented due to the following:

Truven (the Issuer) is 100% owned by Truven Holding Corp. (the parent company guarantor).
The guarantee by Truven Holding Corp. is full and unconditional and there were no subsidiary guarantors.
Truven Holding Corp. has no independent assets or operations.
The transaction costs related to the Prior Acquisition of $26,734 were incurred and paid for by Wolverine, which was merged with and into TRHI, with TRHI surviving the Merger upon closing of the Prior Acquisition as a 100% owned direct subsidiary of Truven Holding Corp. and subsequently changing its name to Truven Health Analytics Inc.
The subsidiaries of Truven Holding Corp. other than Truven were minor (as defined in Section 3-10(h)(6) of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act), having total assets, stockholders’ equity, revenues, operating income (before income taxes) and cash flows from operating activities of less than 3% of the Company’s corresponding consolidated amounts.

F-34




After the series of acquisitions, certain acquired 100% owned domestic subsidiaries became guarantors of the obligations of Truven under the Senior Credit Facility and the Notes. In accordance with Section 3-10 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, the following condensed consolidating financial statements are provided prospectively to present the statement of comprehensive income (loss), financial position and cash flows of:

(1) Truven Holding Corp., the Parent;
(2) Truven Health Analytics, Inc., the Subsidiary Issuer;
(3) Simpler North America LLC, Simpler Consulting LLC, JWA, and HBE, the Guarantor subsidiaries;
(4) All foreign Non-Guarantor subsidiaries; and
(5) eliminations to arrive at the information for Truven Holding Corp. on a consolidated basis.

Separate financial statements and other disclosures concerning the Guarantors are not presented because management does not believe such information is material.



F-35



Truven Holding Corp.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2015
 
Parent
Issuer
Guarantor subsidiaries
Non-Guarantor subsidiaries
Eliminations
Consolidated
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$

$
10,143

$
2,528

$
1,654

$

$
14,325

Trade and other receivables, net of allowances

116,296

12,068

2,180


130,544

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

27,883

620

912


29,415

Deferred tax asset

2,838




2,838

Intercompany receivable

28,455

36,634

60,820

(125,909
)

Total current assets

185,615

51,850

65,566

(125,909
)
177,122

Investment in subsidiaries

107,061




(107,061
)

Computer hardware and other property, net

37,844

91

642


38,577

Developed technology and content, net

109,814

8,316



118,130

Goodwill

457,677

41,143



498,820

Other identifiable intangible assets, net

293,095

41,016



334,111

Other noncurrent assets

19,718

76

13


19,807

Total assets
$

$
1,210,824

$
142,492

$
66,221

$
(232,970
)
$
1,186,567

Liabilities and net equity (deficit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$

$
71,094

$
7,372

$
3,401

$

$
81,867

Deferred revenue

129,873

6,266

250


136,389

Current portion of long-term debt

6,360




6,360

Capital lease obligation

700




700

Current taxes payable

7


323


330

Intercompany payable

42,108

22,270

61,531

(125,909
)

Total current liabilities

250,142

35,908

65,505

(125,909
)
225,646

Deferred revenue

2,871

175



3,046

Capital lease obligation - noncurrent

675




675

Long-term debt

973,234




973,234

Accumulated losses of unconsolidated companies in excess of investment
27,636



723



(28,359
)

Deferred tax liabilities

2,838




2,838

Other noncurrent liabilities

8,700

10

54


8,764

Total liabilities
27,636

1,238,460

36,816

65,559

(154,268
)
1,214,203

Equity (deficit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock






Additional paid-in capital
484,364

484,364

114,090

(69
)
(598,385
)
484,364

Accumulated deficit
(511,589
)
(511,589
)
(8,400
)
1,290

518,699

(511,589
)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(411
)
(411
)
(14
)
(559
)
984

(411
)
Total
(27,636
)
(27,636
)
105,676

662

(78,702
)
(27,636
)
Total liabilities and net equity
$

$
1,210,824

$
142,492

$
66,221

$
(232,970
)
$
1,186,567


F-36




Truven Holding Corp.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2014
 
Parent
Issuer
Guarantor subsidiaries
Non-Guarantor subsidiaries
Eliminations
Consolidated
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$

$
8,243

$
3,264

$
1,097

$

$
12,604

Trade and other receivables, net of allowances

106,181

12,765

1,268


120,214

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

28,574

817

860


30,251

Deferred tax asset

621




621

Intercompany receivable

23,297

39,194

46,799

(109,290
)

Total current assets

166,916

56,040

50,024

(109,290
)
163,690

Investment in subsidiaries
47,123

109,851

(192
)

(156,782
)

Computer hardware and other property, net

36,459

207

769


37,435

Developed technology and content, net

128,917

5,161



134,078

Goodwill

457,677

41,143



498,820

Other identifiable intangible assets, net

327,554

55,325



382,879

Other noncurrent assets

15,951


236


16,187

Total assets
$
47,123

$
1,243,325

$
157,684

$
51,029

$
(266,072
)
$
1,233,089

Liabilities and Net Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$

$
58,777

$
5,931

$
2,520

$

$
67,228

Deferred revenue

121,903

6,802

424


$
129,129

Current portion of long-term debt

6,360




$
6,360

Capital lease obligation

664




$
664

Deferred tax liability





$

Current taxes payable



173


$
173

Intercompany payable

26,086

35,784

47,420

(109,290
)
$

Total current liabilities

213,790

48,517

50,537

(109,290
)
203,554

Deferred revenue

5,456




5,456

Capital lease obligation - noncurrent

1,374




1,374

Long-term debt

971,362




971,362

Deferred tax liabilities

621




621

Other noncurrent liabilities

3,599




3,599

Total liabilities

1,196,202

48,517

50,537

(109,290
)
1,185,966

Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock






Additional paid-in capital
483,550

483,550

114,483

(125
)
(597,908
)
483,550

Accumulated deficit
(436,123
)
(436,123
)
(5,275
)
1,130

440,268

(436,123
)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(304
)
(304
)
(41
)
(513
)
858

(304
)
Total
47,123

47,123

109,167

492

(156,782
)
47,123

Total liabilities and net equity
$
47,123

$
1,243,325

$
157,684

$
51,029

$
(266,072
)
$
1,233,089


F-37




Truven Holding Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
Parent
Issuer
Guarantor subsidiaries
Non-Guarantor subsidiaries
Eliminations
Consolidated
Revenues, net
$

$
520,991

$
78,871

$
27,606

$
(16,753
)
$
610,715

Operating costs and expenses
Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

(291,544
)
(42,307
)
(10,579
)
15,180

(329,250
)
Selling and marketing, excluding depreciation and amortization

(54,939
)
(7,110
)
(8,156
)

(70,205
)
General and administrative, excluding depreciation and amortization

(43,070
)
(14,658
)
(7,427
)

(65,155
)
Depreciation

(20,694
)
(88
)
(415
)

(21,197
)
Amortization of developed technology and content

(42,558
)
(1,263
)


(43,821
)
Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets

(34,460
)
(14,309
)


(48,769
)
Other operating expenses

(31,236
)
(1,211
)

1,573

(30,874
)
Total operating costs and expenses

(518,501
)
(80,946
)
(26,577
)
16,753

(609,271
)
Operating loss (income)

2,490

(2,075
)
1,029


1,444

    Net interest expense

(74,222
)
1

2


(74,219
)
  Other finance costs

(1,313
)
(366
)
(126
)

(1,805
)
 Equity in net loss of subsidiaries
(75,466
)
(2,291
)
(674
)

78,431


Income (loss) before income taxes
(75,466
)
(75,336
)
(3,114
)
905

78,431

(74,580
)
Provision for income taxes

(130
)
(11
)
(745
)

(886
)
Net income (loss)
$
(75,466
)
$
(75,466
)
$
(3,125
)
$
160

$
78,431

$
(75,466
)
 
 
 
 
 
 


Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(107
)
(107
)
27

(46
)
126

(107
)
Total comprehensive income (loss)
$
(75,573
)
$
(75,573
)
$
(3,098
)
$
114

$
78,557

$
(75,573
)


F-38



Truven Holding Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
Parent
Issuer
Guarantor subsidiaries
Non-Guarantor subsidiaries
Eliminations
Consolidated
Revenues, net
$

$
504,894

$
32,880

$
15,882

$
(9,181
)
$
544,475

Operating costs and expenses
Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

(278,976
)
(16,683
)
(6,214
)
8,874

$
(292,999
)
Selling and marketing, excluding depreciation and amortization

(51,952
)
(1,120
)
(4,341
)

$
(57,413
)
General and administrative, excluding depreciation and amortization

(42,259
)
(9,129
)
(4,549
)

$
(55,937
)
Depreciation

(21,874
)
(58
)
(418
)

$
(22,350
)
Amortization of developed technology and content

(38,642
)
(110
)


$
(38,752
)
Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets

(34,460
)
(10,942
)


$
(45,402
)
Other operating expenses

(20,948
)
(143
)

307

$
(20,784
)
Total operating costs and expenses

(489,111
)
(38,185
)
(15,522
)
9,181

(533,637
)
Operating loss (income)

15,783

(5,305
)
360


10,838

    Net interest income (expense)

(69,622
)
2

4


(69,616
)
  Other finance costs

(712
)
(146
)
(72
)

(930
)
 Equity in net income (loss) of subsidiaries
(37,022
)
(5,272
)
183


42,111


Income (loss) before income taxes
(37,022
)
(59,823
)
(5,266
)
292

42,111

(59,708
)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

22,801

(9
)
(106
)

22,686

Net income (loss)
$
(37,022
)
$
(37,022
)
$
(5,275
)
$
186

$
42,111

$
(37,022
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(139
)
(139
)
124

(348
)
363

(139
)
Total comprehensive income (loss)
$
(37,161
)
$
(37,161
)
$
(5,151
)
$
(162
)
$
42,474

$
(37,161
)


F-39



Truven Holding Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the year Ended December 31, 2015
 
Parent
Issuer
Guarantor subsidiaries
Non-Guarantor subsidiaries
Eliminations
Consolidated
Operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
(75,466
)
$
(75,466
)
$
(3,125
)
$
160

$
78,431

$
(75,466
)
Non-cash adjustments
75,466

113,033

16,335

415

(78,431
)
126,818

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

1,197

806

169


2,172

Net cash provided by operating activities

38,764

14,016

744


53,524

Investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

(405
)



(405
)
Capital expenditures

(44,736
)
(3,680
)
(288
)

(48,704
)
Net cash used in investing activities

(45,141
)
(3,680
)
(288
)

(49,109
)
Financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issuance of common stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repayment of revolving credit facility

(10,000
)



(10,000
)
Principal repayment of senior term loan

(6,360
)



(6,360
)
Proceeds from revolving credit facility

15,000




15,000

Additional paid in capital


(57
)
57



 Intercompany transactions

10,864

(10,954
)
90



Payment of debt issuance costs

(563
)



(563
)
Payment of capital lease obligation

(664
)



(664
)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

8,277

(11,011
)
147


(2,587
)
Effect of exchange rate changes in cash and cash equivalents


(61
)
(46
)

(107
)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

1,900

(736
)
557


1,721

Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Beginning of period

8,243

3,264

1,097


12,604

     End of period
$

$
10,143

$
2,528

$
1,654

$

$
14,325




F-40



Truven Holding Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the year Ended December 31, 2014
 
Parent
Issuer
Guarantor subsidiaries
Non-Guarantor subsidiaries
Eliminations
Consolidated
Operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
(37,022
)
$
(37,022
)
$
(5,275
)
$
186

$
42,111

$
(37,022
)
Non-cash adjustments
37,022

89,399

10,927

181

(42,111
)
95,418

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

(15,158
)
2,249

(270
)

(13,179
)
Net cash provided by operating activities

37,219

7,901

97


45,217

Investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

(109,406
)



(109,406
)
Capital expenditures

(31,814
)
(634
)
(213
)

(32,661
)
Net cash used in investing activities

(141,220
)
(634
)
(213
)

(142,067
)
Financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from additional senior notes, including premium

41,200




41,200

Repayment of revolving credit facility

(60,000
)



(60,000
)
Principal repayment of senior term loan

(6,108
)



(6,108
)
Proceeds from revolving credit facility

30,000




30,000

Proceeds from senior term loan related to refinancing/acquisition

100,000




100,000

 Intercompany transactions

3,333

(4,211
)
878



Payment of debt issuance costs

(4,095
)



(4,095
)
Payment of capital lease obligation

(1,659
)



(1,659
)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

102,671

(4,211
)
878


99,338

Effect of exchange rate changes in cash and cash equivalents


208

(347
)

(139
)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

(1,330
)
3,264

415


2,349

Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Beginning of period

9,573


682


10,255

     End of period
$

$
8,243

$
3,264

$
1,097

$

$
12,604



F-41



21. Supplemental condensed financial information of the Parent Company

Truven Holding Corp.
SCHEDULE I—Condensed Financial Information of Parent Company
Parent Company Condensed Balance Sheet
(in thousands of dollars, unless otherwise indicated)
 
As of December 31,

2015

2014

Asset


Investments in Truven Health Analytics Inc.
$

$
47,123

Total assets
$

$
47,123


 
 
Liabilities and Equity
 
 
Accumulated losses of unconsolidated companies in excess of investment
$
27,636

$

Equity
 
 
Common stock—$0.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, 1 share issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014


Additional paid in capital
484,364

483,550

Accumulated deficit
(511,589
)
(436,123
)
Foreign Currency translation adjustment
(411
)
(304
)
Total liabilities and equity
$

$
47,123

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

F-42



Truven Holding Corp.
Parent Company Condensed Statement of Comprehensive Loss
(in thousands of dollars, unless otherwise indicated)
 
For the year ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013
Revenues, net
$

$

$

Operating costs and expenses



(Loss) income before income taxes



Benefit from (provision for) income taxes



Income before share in net loss from subsidiaries



Share of net loss from subsidiaries
(75,466
)
(37,022
)
(344,989
)
Net loss
$
(75,466
)
$
(37,022
)
$
(344,989
)
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(107
)
(139
)
(165
)
Total comprehensive loss
$
(75,573
)
$
(37,161
)
$
(345,154
)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

F-43




Truven Holding Corp.
Parent Company Condensed Statement of Cash Flows
(in thousands of dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

 
For the year ended December 31,
 
2015
2014
2013



 


Net cash provided by operating activities
$

$

$

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
Investment in Truven Health Analytics, Inc.



(2,350
)
Net cash used in investing activities



(2,350
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
Additional capital contribution


2,350

Net cash provided by financing activities


2,350

Change in cash and cash equivalents



Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period



Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
$

$

$

 
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.


F-44



Truven Holding Corp.
Notes to Parent Company Condensed Financial Statements
(in thousands of dollars, unless otherwise indicated)

Basis of Presentation
The financial statements for Truven Holding Corp. (the “Parent Company”) summarize the results of operations and cash flows of the Parent Company for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and its financial position as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.
The separate condensed financial statements of the Parent Company as presented have been prepared in accordance with SEC Regulation S-X Rule 5-04 and Rule 12-04 and present the Parent Company’s investment in its subsidiaries under the equity method of accounting. Such investment is presented on a separate condensed balance sheet of the Parent Company as “Investment in Truven Health Analytics Inc.” or "Accumulated losses of unconsolidated companies in excess of investment" and the Parent Company’s shares of profit or loss of subsidiaries are presented as “Share of net loss from subsidiaries” in the condensed statement of comprehensive loss.
The Senior Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, Truven’s ability and the ability of each of any restricted subsidiaries to sell assets, incur additional indebtedness, prepay other indebtedness (including the Notes), pay dividends and distributions or repurchase its capital stock, create liens on assets, make investments, make certain acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, amend certain charter documents and material agreements governing subordinated indebtedness, change the business conducted by Truven and its subsidiaries, and enter into agreements that restrict dividends from subsidiaries. These restrictions have resulted in restricted net assets (as defined in Rule 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X) of Truven and its subsidiaries totaling $47,123 as of December 31, 2014.
Capital Contribution
The Parent Company was formed on April 20, 2012 for the purpose of consummating the Prior Acquisition and has had no operations from inception. The Parent Company has 1,000 shares authorized, and issued 1 share with $0.01 par value for $464,400.
Prior to the Prior Acquisition, Thomson Reuters Corporation (the Predecessor Parent) entered into a Retention Agreement with key employees of TRHI in conjunction with the disposal of the business. Pursuant to the Retention Agreements, the Predecessor Parent provided for retention and bonus payment to certain employees based on a percentage of salary and targeted transaction price, respectively. The payment was contingent upon the employees continuing services to the buyer after the Prior Acquisition for periods ranging from 90 days to one year. After the Prior Acquisition, Truven determined that the retention and bonus for the duration of the performance period of certain employees subject to the Retention Agreement amounted to $15,813. Although the Predecessor Parent retained the legal and contractual obligation to pay the employees, the compensation expense was recorded by Truven in the period when the service was performed and was allocated in proportion to the days of service in both Predecessor and Successor Periods. The retention and bonus expense recorded against Additional Paid in capital for the period ended December 31, 2013 amounted to $1,378. Responsible for the management, preparation and analysis of consolidated financial statements for parent and subsidiaries, quarterly and annual SEC filings,
The retention and bonus expense, which was paid by Predecessor Parent, was deemed an investment/capital contribution.
During 2013, Truven Holding Corp. received $2,350 of additional capital contribution from VCPH Holdings LLC, its direct parent company.

Contingencies
As of December 31, 2015, there were no material contingencies, significant provisions for long-term debt obligations, or guarantees of the Parent Company, except for those, if any, which have been separately disclosed in the consolidated financial statements.

F-45


22.     Subsequent Events

On February 17, 2016, IBM Holdings LLC, The Veritas Capital Fund IV, L.P., The Veritas Capital Fund III, L.P., and CIPH Holdings LLC, entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which IBM agreed to purchase, for a total consideration of $2.6 billion, the sole outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Truven Holding (such transaction, the "Stock Purchase"). The Stock Purchase Agreement contains various customary representations, warranties and covenants of each party and the Acquired Companies. Each party has agreed to use its respective reasonable best efforts to take all actions to cause the Stock Purchase to be consummated, subject to certain exceptions. The closing of the Stock Purchase is subject to customary closing conditions. The Stock Purchase is not subject to a financing condition.
At the closing of the Stock Purchase, IBM will pay all indebtedness for money borrowed of the Company that is required to be paid.
On February 18, 2016, Truven also notified the trustee for the Notes of Truven's optional election to redeem the $367.2 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding, which redemption is conditioned on the occurrence of the closing of the Stock Purchase, and instructed the trustee to provide notice of such optional redemption to the holders of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
On March 15, 2016, Truven delivered to the trustee of the Notes a revised notice of Truven’s optional election to redeem the $367.2 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding, which superseded the notice of redemption delivered on February 18, 2016, and instructed the trustee to provide the revised notice of such optional redemption to the holders of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.  Truven’s optional redemption remains conditioned on the occurrence of the closing of the Stock Purchase. Truven expects the satisfaction and discharge of the Notes to occur on the anticipated closing date of the Stock Purchase, in accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement.
Either party may terminate the Stock Purchase Agreement, subject to certain terms and conditions, if the Stock Purchase is not completed on or before May 17, 2016, unless extended by either party for an additional 30 days in certain circumstances.
There have been no other events subsequent to December 31, 2015 which would require accrual or disclosure in these consolidated and combined financial statements.







F-46



ITEM 15 (a) (2)

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
The following table sets forth the change in our allowance for doubtful accounts and deferred tax asset valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
Balance at Beginning of Year
 
Charge to (Recovery from) Bad Debt (1)
 
Write-offs Net of Recoveries (2)
 
Balance at End of Year
Year ended December 31, 2015
 
$
1,244

 
$
439

 
$
182

 
$
1,501

Year ended December 31, 2014
 
1,530

 
1,042

 
1,328

 
1,244

Year ended December 31, 2013
 
1,865

 
(144
)
 
191

 
1,530

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Additions to the allowance account through the normal course of business are charged to expense.
(2) Write-offs reduce the balance of accounts receivable and the related allowance for doubtful accounts indicating management’s belief that specific balances are not recoverable.

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
 
Balance at Beginning of Year
 
Additions charged to Income
 
Deductions/Other
 
Balance at End of Year
Year ended December 31, 2015
 
$
1,274

 
$
27,855

 
$

 
$
29,129

Year ended December 31, 2014
 

 
1,274

 

 
1,274

Year ended December 31, 2013
 

 

 

 



F-47